This is the full developer documentation for Timemark Help Center **How Timemark plans work (read this before interpreting any "Plan" field).** Timemark is one product: a free capture core on the phone App, plus an optional Teamspace layer on the Web for team collaboration. Plans run on two independent tracks that stack: - **Individual (on the App): Free or Plus.** Plus is a personal in-App subscription that upgrades one user's own capture experience (hide the Timemark logo, personal cloud backup, save the original photo, and more). - **Team (a Teamspace): Free or Business.** A Teamspace runs on only these two tiers. Business is purchased inside Teamspace and raises team-wide limits for every member. Personal Plus does not change which plan a Teamspace is on. A Plus member of a Free Teamspace still works under that team's Free limits, and inside a Teamspace a Plus member has no extra team capability beyond Free. So the "Plan" field on each page is scoped to its area: on Teamspace and team-integration pages it lists only Free or Business (never Plus); on App and personal pages it describes the individual subscription and may include Plus. # Timemark Help Center > Guides, troubleshooting, and answers for the Timemark App and Teamspace.
For a product overview, visit timemark.com. [ Getting started New to Timemark? Pick the path that matches who you are. ](/en/getting-started/)[ App (mobile) Capture watermarked job-site photos with the Timemark App on iPhone, iPad, or Android. ](/en/app/)[ Teamspace Where Team Owners and Admins manage projects, members, photos, and exports. ](/en/teamspace/)[ Integrations Connect Timemark to Google Drive, OneDrive, SharePoint, or your own webhook endpoint. ](/en/integrations/)[ Plans & billing Compare plans, upgrade, manage payment methods, and handle billing questions. ](/en/plans-billing/)[ Troubleshoot Common problems and how to fix them. Sync issues, missing photos, login problems, and more. ](/en/troubleshoot/)[ Privacy & legal Privacy policy, terms of service, data ownership, and data retention.](/en/policy/) # App (mobile) > The Timemark App for capturing watermarked job-site photos. [Get started Sign in and set up the Timemark App. ](/en/app/get-started/)[Photo template Choose which watermark fields show, and add a logo, notes, and location. ](/en/app/photo-template/)[Capture Take photos and videos, or record work shifts with Clock. ](/en/app/capture/)[Preview & edit Review, edit watermarks on, share, and delete photos in the App. ](/en/app/preview/)[Authenticity Verify a photo and read its Photo Code to check its Timemark capture record. ](/en/app/authenticity/)[Tools Export to PDF, KMZ, ZIP, sheet, collage, share links, and back up to Google Drive or OneDrive. ](/en/app/tools/)[Settings Photo quality, save original, shutter sound, gridlines, and other App settings. ](/en/app/settings/) # Authenticity > Verify a photo and read its Photo Code to check its Timemark capture record. [Photo Code Understand and manage the Photo Code on your Timemark photos. ](/en/app/authenticity/photo-code/)[Verify a photo Verify a Timemark photo in the App or on the web, by selecting a photo or by entering its Photo Code. ](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/)[Understanding verification results What each verification result means and what to do next. ](/en/app/authenticity/verify-results-explained/) # Photo Code > Understand and manage the Photo Code on your Timemark photos. A **Photo Code** is a unique 14-character alphanumeric code printed on the side of a photo, for example `K4LW9MQ3XB6N2P`. It is on by default. The Photo Code links the photo to capture data generated by Timemark, such as recorded time and location. Use it to [verify a photo](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/). Photo Codes do not expire. A valid code can continue to verify the photo unless the related verification record has been deleted or Timemark can no longer verify it for another reason. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## How Photo Codes are generated [Section titled “How Photo Codes are generated”](#how-photo-codes-are-generated) You never have to create a Photo Code yourself. The app keeps a ready supply: 1. Codes are generated on Timemark’s servers and delivered to your phone in batches. 2. The app stores these unused codes in a local pool. 3. On launch (and when you sign in), if the pool is running low, the app fetches a new batch automatically. 4. Each photo consumes one code, and the watermark immediately refreshes with the next code so your next photo is always ready. ## Turn Photo Code on or off [Section titled “Turn Photo Code on or off”](#turn-photo-code-on-or-off) The Photo Code is on by default. We strongly recommend keeping it on. Without it, Timemark cannot run Photo Code verification for those photos. To turn it off: 1. Open Timemark and tap the **menu** button (the three lines) in the top-left to open the sidebar. 2. Tap **Settings**. 3. Tap **Photo Code**. 4. Toggle it off and tap **Turn Off** to confirm. ## Delete a Photo Code record [Section titled “Delete a Photo Code record”](#delete-a-photo-code-record) Photo Code records do not store a user identifier. If you want Timemark to delete the time, location, or other verification data stored for a Photo Code, email with the Photo Code or enough information to locate the record. Deleting the record may make that photo unable to verify. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * If you’re offline and the local code pool is empty, new photos won’t get a Photo Code until the app reconnects and fetches more. * Turning the Photo Code off means Timemark cannot run Photo Code verification for those photos. Keep it on unless you have a specific reason. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Verify a photo](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/) * [Understanding verification results](/en/app/authenticity/verify-results-explained/) Last updated: September 18, 2026 # Verify a photo > Verify a Timemark photo in the App or on the web, by selecting a photo or by entering its Photo Code. You can verify a Timemark photo in the App or on the web. In the App, open Timemark and tap **Verify** at the top of the camera screen, then verify in one of two ways. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Verify by selecting a photo [Section titled “Verify by selecting a photo”](#verify-by-selecting-a-photo) 1. Tap **Verify** at the top of the camera screen. 2. Tap **Select Photo** and choose a photo from your camera roll. 3. Read the result. This method does not analyze the image itself for editing. It tells you whether the photo’s Photo Code was generated by Timemark, and shows the metadata (such as time and location) that the code maps to. Compare that metadata against what the photo shows. ## Verify by Photo Code [Section titled “Verify by Photo Code”](#verify-by-photo-code) 1. Tap **Verify** at the top of the camera screen. 2. Under **Verify by Photo Code**, enter the 14-character code printed on the photo (for example `M9KQ2XB4LW6N3P`). 3. Tap **Verify**. ## Verify on the web [Section titled “Verify on the web”](#verify-on-the-web) No Timemark app? Anyone can verify a Timemark photo at [verify.timemark.com](https://verify.timemark.com) in a browser, without installing the App. This helps recipients who received a Timemark photo and want to check it themselves. ## What the result means [Section titled “What the result means”](#what-the-result-means) See [Understanding verification results](/en/app/authenticity/verify-results-explained/) for what Authentic, Fake, and Unable to Verify mean and what to do next. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Editing a photo’s watermark after capture does not change its Photo Code. The photo keeps its original code and can still be verified. ## Think the result is wrong? [Section titled “Think the result is wrong?”](#think-the-result-is-wrong) Contact us at and we’ll look into it. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Photo Code](/en/app/authenticity/photo-code/) * [Understanding verification results](/en/app/authenticity/verify-results-explained/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Understanding verification results > What each verification result means and what to do next. When you verify a photo, in the App or at [verify.timemark.com](https://verify.timemark.com), Timemark checks three things: * **Time & Date**: whether the timestamp matches Timemark’s recorded capture data. * **Location**: whether the location matches Timemark’s recorded capture data. * **Image Analysis**: whether available checks detect editing or tampering. ## Authentic [Section titled “Authentic”](#authentic) All available checks passed against Timemark’s verification record. ## Fake [Section titled “Fake”](#fake) One or more checks failed. Common scenarios: | Scenario | Time & Date | Location | Image Analysis | | ------------------------------------- | ----------- | -------- | -------------- | | Time wrong, no location | Fail | N/A | Pass | | Time and location both wrong | Fail | Fail | Pass | | Time correct, location wrong | Pass | Fail | Pass | | Time wrong, location correct | Fail | Pass | Pass | | Photo edited, no location | Pass | N/A | Fail | | Photo edited, time and location wrong | Fail | Fail | Fail | | Photo edited, location wrong | Pass | Fail | Fail | | Photo edited, time wrong | Fail | Pass | Fail | | Photo edited only | Pass | Pass | Fail | ## Unable to Verify [Section titled “Unable to Verify”](#unable-to-verify) Verification could not be completed. Common reasons: * **No Photo Code**: the photo has no side Photo Code. Only photos with a Photo Code can be verified. * **Waiting for data upload**: the photo data hasn’t fully uploaded yet. Ask the photographer to open Timemark again to complete the upload. * **No template**: the photo was taken without a Photo Template and cannot be verified. * **Old version**: the photo was taken with an older version of Timemark. The photographer should update the app. ## Not Found [Section titled “Not Found”](#not-found) The Photo Code was not found in Timemark’s records. Check that the code was entered correctly. If the code is entered correctly, Timemark has no record of issuing it. ## Disabled at capture [Section titled “Disabled at capture”](#disabled-at-capture) To prevent tampering, Timemark disables the Photo Code when it detects any of the following at the moment of capture, so the photo gets no valid code and cannot be verified: * **Time tampering**: the device clock was manually changed or rolled back. * **Virtual location**: a mock or GPS-spoofing location was in use. * **App signature mismatch**: the app was repackaged or modified (Android). ## Network exception [Section titled “Network exception”](#network-exception) Your internet connection failed during verification. Check your connection and tap **Retry**. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Verify a photo](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/) * [Photo Code](/en/app/authenticity/photo-code/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Capture > Take photos and videos, clock in and out, or complete a Checklist. [Take a photo Capture a timestamped, GPS-tagged photo with Timemark. ](/en/app/capture/take-photo/)[Record a video Record a video with a watermark overlay directly in the Timemark app. ](/en/app/capture/take-video/)[Clock in and out Clock in and out with a timestamped, GPS-tagged photo at each step. ](/en/app/capture/clock-in-and-out/)[Use a Checklist Follow a step-by-step Checklist to capture the required photos and details on a job. ](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) # Clock in and out > Record a shift with Clock. The clock-out photo stamps your clock-in time, clock-out time, break time, and work time onto the image. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Use **Clock** to record a work shift on site. What sets it apart from a regular timestamped photo: when you clock out, Timemark stamps your **clock-in time, clock-out time, break time, and work time** onto the photo itself. Work time already has your breaks subtracted, so the hours worked live on the image, not just in a record. Clock is the attendance mode in the Timemark App. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Switch to Clock [Section titled “Switch to Clock”](#switch-to-clock) On the camera screen, tap **Clock** at the bottom. ## Clock in and out [Section titled “Clock in and out”](#clock-in-and-out) 1. Tap **Clock In** and take a photo to start your shift. The photo is stamped **Clock In**. 2. To record a break, tap **Start Break**, then tap **End Break** when you’re back. Repeat for each break. 3. Tap **Clock Out** and take a photo to end your shift. This photo shows your **clock-in time, clock-out time, break time, and work time**. 4. Review the summary, then tap **Save**. ## What the clock-out photo shows [Section titled “What the clock-out photo shows”](#what-the-clock-out-photo-shows) | Field | What it shows | | -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | | Clock-in time | When you started the shift. | | Clock-out time | When you ended the shift. | | Break time | Total break time logged during the shift. | | Work time | Time from clock-in to clock-out, with break time subtracted. | The clock-in photo carries only the **Clock In** stamp. The full breakdown appears on the clock-out photo. ## Change which fields show [Section titled “Change which fields show”](#change-which-fields-show) To change which fields appear on the Clock watermark: 1. Tap **Edit** at the bottom-right of the viewfinder, or tap the watermark in the viewfinder. 2. Toggle fields on or off: Logo, Map, Time, Address, Name, Company, Notes. 3. Tap **Done**. ## View your records [Section titled “View your records”](#view-your-records) * Tap **My Timesheet** in Clock to see your records by photo, date, and work time. Tap **Share** to send them, **Excel** to export, or **Delete** to remove a record. This works without a team. * To track a whole crew, create or join a Teamspace. Clock records then appear in **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock**. Whose records you see there follows your **View photos** permission: with access to all photos you see the whole team, with own-only access just yourself. * Clock records don’t attach to a project. Activity shows attendance for the whole team in one place. To track a member’s hours on a specific project, use a [Checklist](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) linked to that project instead. ### See who’s clocked in today [Section titled “See who’s clocked in today”](#see-whos-clocked-in-today) In **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock**, the **Activity** tab starts each day with a summary card: | Line | Who’s counted | | --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Working** | Clocked in and not yet clocked out on their latest round. Members on a break count here. Today only. | | **Clocked out** | Clocked out of their latest round. On past days, a round left open for more than 24 hours counts here too. | | **No clock in** | No clock-in at all that day. Team Owners and Team Admins count too. | Tap the card to see names. **Working** rows show when the member clocked in, such as `since 9:00`. **Clocked out** rows show each round, such as `9:00 – 17:04`. A member who clocked in more than once that day can appear in both groups, so the list can be longer than the count. The card only appears if you can view all team photos and aren’t filtering by member. Days follow your own time zone. The **Timesheet** tab holds the table and export. The button at the bottom right reads **Clock in**, **Clock out**, or **End break**, and opens the camera for your next clock. ## Delete a mistaken record [Section titled “Delete a mistaken record”](#delete-a-mistaken-record) If you clocked in or out by mistake, remove the record from Teamspace: 1. Open **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock**. 2. Find the most recent record under your name and tap its photo. 3. Tap **Delete**. 4. Choose whether to delete only the photo or the entire record. Solo users without a team: open **My Timesheet** in Clock and tap **Delete** on the record. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Work time is calculated automatically as clock-out minus clock-in minus breaks. You can’t edit it by hand. * The capture time and location are set automatically and can’t be edited. * Only the last 45 days of records are kept on your device. Export anything you need to keep. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Use a Checklist](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Take a photo > Capture a timestamped, GPS-tagged photo with Timemark. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Take a photo [Section titled “Take a photo”](#take-a-photo) 1. Open Timemark. The camera screen opens by default. 2. Make sure **PHOTO** is selected at the bottom. If your team has set Clock or Checklist as its default mode, the camera opens there, so tap **PHOTO** to switch. 3. Tap the shutter button. By default the photo is saved automatically, with no confirmation step. ## Camera options [Section titled “Camera options”](#camera-options) **Flash** and the **camera switch** (front and rear) sit on the main camera screen. Tap either one directly. Tap the **☰** (three-lines) button in the top-left corner to reveal the other options: | Option | What it does | | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Ratio | Sets the photo dimensions: **3:4**, **16:9**, **1:1**, or **Full screen**. | | Timer | Delays the shutter: **Off**, **5s**, **10s**, or **20s**. | | Filter | Applies a color filter. Tap **Compare** to preview it against the original. | When you switch to the front camera, **Filter** becomes **Beauty**. Tap it to adjust the beauty parameters (Smooth, Whiten, Shrink Face, Enlarge Eye). ### Flash modes [Section titled “Flash modes”](#flash-modes) Tap **Flash** to cycle through: | Mode | What it does | | ----- | -------------------------------- | | Off | No flash | | Auto | Fires automatically in low light | | On | Always on | | Torch | Continuous light | | Night | Night scene mode | ## Review before saving [Section titled “Review before saving”](#review-before-saving) To check each photo before it’s saved, turn on **Edit before save** in [Edit before save settings](/en/app/settings/edit-before-save/). A confirmation screen then appears after each shot, where you tap **✓** to save or **✕** to delete and retake. From this confirmation screen you can also tap the **share icon** to send the photo right away through WhatsApp, Email, and other apps. ## Add a caption [Section titled “Add a caption”](#add-a-caption) With **Edit before save** on, tap **Add Caption** on the confirmation screen to fill in: * **Name** * **Company** * **Notes** Tap **Done**, then tap **✓** to save the photo. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * The captured **time and location can’t be changed.** You can adjust how the time is displayed, but not the underlying values. * **Beauty** appears only on the front camera. On the rear camera the same button stays as **Filter**. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Record a video](/en/app/capture/take-video/) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) * [Edit before save](/en/app/settings/edit-before-save/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Record a video > Record a video with a watermark overlay directly in the Timemark app. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business Grant **Microphone** permission if you want the video to include sound. ## Record a video [Section titled “Record a video”](#record-a-video) 1. On the camera screen, tap **VIDEO** at the bottom. 2. Tap the red button to start recording. 3. Tap the square button to stop, or the pause button to pause and resume. ## Change video quality [Section titled “Change video quality”](#change-video-quality) Tap the quality selector at the top right to switch between **540P (SD)**, **720P (HD)**, and **1080P (FHD)**. ## Adjust frame and filter [Section titled “Adjust frame and filter”](#adjust-frame-and-filter) Tap **Frame** or **Filter** at the top to customize the video overlay before recording. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * The watermark is burned into the video as you record. Set the frame and filter before you start. * Higher quality such as 1080P produces larger files. Pick a lower resolution when storage is limited. * If the video has no sound, check Timemark’s **Microphone** permission in your phone settings. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Set the watermark direction](/en/app/settings/watermark-direction/) Last updated: July 2, 2026 # Use a Checklist > Follow a step-by-step Checklist to capture the required photos and details on a job. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) A Checklist gives your team a repeatable, step-by-step capture workflow so no required photo or detail is missed on a job. A Team Owner, Team Admin builds the template once. Members then follow it on site, filling in each step. A Checklist requires a Teamspace. You can’t publish or submit one without joining or creating a team. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member to complete; Team Owner, Team Admin to create templates * Surface App * Plan Free · Business ## Create a checklist template [Section titled “Create a checklist template”](#create-a-checklist-template) Only a Team Owner or Team Admin can create or edit templates. 1. On the camera screen, tap the **Checklist** tab at the bottom. 2. Tap **Create a checklist**. 3. Pick a preset template, or tap **+ Create from scratch**. 4. Enter a **Name** for the Checklist. 5. Tap **+ Add Step**, then choose a step type (see the table below). 6. Turn on **Required** for any step that must be completed. 7. Tap **Publish** to share it with your team. ### Step types [Section titled “Step types”](#step-types) | Step type | What the member enters | | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Photo | A photo or video. The step name shows at the top of the camera. | | Text | Free text, such as a note or description. | | Number | A number, such as hours or a quantity. | | Yes/No | Yes, No, or N/A. | | Choice | One or more options you define. | | Signature | A signature drawn on screen, with the signer’s name if the template asks for it. | ## Complete a Checklist [Section titled “Complete a Checklist”](#complete-a-checklist) 1. Tap the **Checklist** tab at the bottom of the camera screen. 2. The latest Checklist opens. Tap the **◇** switcher to choose a different one. 3. Tap each step and fill it in. You can do the steps in any order. 4. (Optional) Tap **For project** to link this submission to a project. 5. When every required step is done, tap **Submit**. After you submit, a sheet offers **View in teamspace**, **Share**, and **Export PDF**. Close it to return to a blank copy of the same Checklist and start the next one. To turn the submission into a report, see [Export a checklist submission as PDF](/en/teamspace/checklists/export-submission-pdf/). ### Sign a Signature step [Section titled “Sign a Signature step”](#sign-a-signature-step) 1. Tap the Signature step. A full-screen signing pad opens. 2. If a **Signed by** field shows, enter the name of the person signing. It can be you or someone else, such as the customer. 3. Sign in the **Sign here** area. Tap **Clear** to start over. 4. Tap **Save**. Closing the pad also saves. The signing time is recorded when you save. If you sign again before submitting, the new time replaces the old one. ## Where records go [Section titled “Where records go”](#where-records-go) If you’ve joined a Teamspace, submissions appear in **Teamspace → Activity**. For a submission linked to a project, it also shows under that project’s **Checklists** tab. When you save the first step, other team members get a notification such as `James started "Quality Check"`. When you submit, they get `James completed "Quality Check"` with the time taken and photo count. Tapping it opens that checklist’s **Activity**. Only members who can see your photos get these, and for a project-linked submission, only members of that project get the completed one. There’s no separate switch. They follow your existing Timemark notification settings. On the web, Teamspace has a **Checklists** page listing every submission the team has made, with filters and an Excel export. See [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * A Checklist requires a Teamspace. Solo users without a team can’t publish or submit one. * Only Team Owners and Admins can create or edit templates. Members can only complete and submit. * Submitted records are locked. You can’t edit the text, numbers, or choices after submitting. * A signature isn’t a photo. It stays inside the submission and doesn’t appear in All Photos or count toward photo totals. * Required steps are marked with `*`. Submit stays disabled until they’re all done. Non-required steps can be skipped. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/) * [Export a checklist submission as PDF](/en/teamspace/checklists/export-submission-pdf/) * [Projects](/en/teamspace/projects/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Get started > Install Timemark free on iPhone or Android. No account needed to start taking photos. You don’t need an account to use Timemark. Install the app and you can start taking verified photos right away. Signing in is only for [Teamspace](/en/teamspace/) team features. ## Install on iPhone [Section titled “Install on iPhone”](#install-on-iphone) 1. Open the **App Store**. 2. Search for **Timemark**, then tap **Get**. 3. Open Timemark and start taking photos. [Download on the App Store](https://apps.apple.com/app/id6446071834) ## Install on Android [Section titled “Install on Android”](#install-on-android) 1. Open **Google Play**. 2. Search for **Timemark**, then tap **Install**. 3. Open Timemark and start taking photos. [Download on Google Play](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.oceangalaxy.camera.new) ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Photo Template > Choose which watermark fields show, and add a logo, notes, and location. [Edit a template Choose which fields show on your watermark, and add a logo or notes. ](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/)[Change the address on your watermark Pick a nearby place, search for one, or save places you use often. ](/en/app/photo-template/change-watermark-address/)[Reuse text you've typed before Pick earlier notes from history, pin favorites, and search older entries. ](/en/app/photo-template/reuse-watermark-text/)[Switch template Change your Photo Template on the camera screen before you shoot. ](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/)[Share a template Share a template with other members, publicly by name or privately by code. ](/en/app/photo-template/share-template/) # Change the address on your watermark > Pick a nearby place, search for one, or save places you use often so the right address shows on your photos. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) The watermark shows a nearby street address, but you want the site’s actual name or a more exact address. Or you visit the same few sites every week and want to pick them in one tap. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business * Affects Free: address changes are limited and you can save up to 3 places. Plus and Business: no limits. ## Pick or search for a place [Section titled “Pick or search for a place”](#pick-or-search-for-a-place) 1. On the camera screen, tap the **location** button at the bottom-right of the viewfinder. You can also tap the address field in the template editor. 2. Pick a place from the nearby list. 3. If it isn’t listed, type a name or address in the search box. Search results show how far away each place is. 4. Tap a result to put it on your watermark. ## Save places you use often [Section titled “Save places you use often”](#save-places-you-use-often) 1. In the address list, tap the save icon next to a place. 2. To see your saved places, open **Saved Address**. Saved places near you move to the top of the nearby list, so you can pick them quickly when you arrive on site. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **“Too far away to select” means the place is too far from where you are.** A watermark address has to match your real location, so you can’t set a distant place. You can still save it and pick it once you’re there. * **Free accounts can save up to 3 places.** If your Plus subscription ends, the places you already saved stay and still work, but you can’t add more while you have more than 3. * **If the address is wrong everywhere,** the phone’s location may be off. See [Location or address is wrong or missing](/en/troubleshoot/location-inaccurate/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Location or address is wrong or missing](/en/troubleshoot/location-inaccurate/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Edit a template > Customize the fields shown on your photo watermark, including logo, notes, time, and location. > **Editing the template vs. editing a photo.** This page changes your **Photo Template**, the layout and fields applied to the photos you take from now on. To change the watermark on a photo you’ve **already taken**, use [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) instead. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Open the template editor [Section titled “Open the template editor”](#open-the-template-editor) Open the template editor in either of these ways: * Tap the template directly in the viewfinder. * Tap the **Templates** button, then tap **Edit**. ### Quick edit on the camera screen [Section titled “Quick edit on the camera screen”](#quick-edit-on-the-camera-screen) You can also make fast changes without opening the full editor: * The **edit** button at the bottom-right of the viewfinder quickly edits all input-type fields, such as notes. * The **location** button at the bottom-right of the viewfinder opens the address picker. See [Change the address on your watermark](/en/app/photo-template/change-watermark-address/). ## Available fields [Section titled “Available fields”](#available-fields) Toggle each field on or off, except **Time**, which is always on: | Field | Description | | ------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Time | Capture date and time. Always on, it can’t be turned off. To get a photo with no stamp at all, see [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/). | | Logo | Your company logo | | Business Card | Name and contact info | | Tags | Custom tags | | Address | GPS address | | Weather | Current weather and temperature | | Lat/Long | GPS coordinates | | Altitude | Elevation (iOS only; US, CA, UK default to ft) | | Map | Mini map showing location | | Compass | Compass direction | | Counts | Photo counter | | Notes | Custom text notes | ## Edit a field [Section titled “Edit a field”](#edit-a-field) Tap the **>** next to any field to edit its settings. For example: * **Time**: choose the date/time format and toggle **Week**, **24-Hour Time**, or **Time Zone**. With **Time Zone** on, the photo shows the common name of your local time zone, such as `CST`, `PT`, or `GMT+2`. * **Address**: select from nearby locations * **Weather**: toggle Fahrenheit or Celsius * **Lat/Long**: choose coordinate format and accuracy * **Map**: choose Default or Satellite view, adjust size and position ## Change size and color [Section titled “Change size and color”](#change-size-and-color) 1. In the Edit template panel, tap **Color**. On templates that also support resizing, the button reads **Size & Color** or **Style**. 2. Choose a color and icon for your watermark. 3. If the panel shows **Resize** and **Text Color**, drag the slider to set the size from 60% to 120%, and pick a text color. 4. Tap **Save**. **Resize** and **Text Color** need Plus. On the Free plan you can preview them, but **Save** changes to **Get Plus**. Set both back to the default to save without Plus. The accent color stays free. ## Add notes [Section titled “Add notes”](#add-notes) 1. Toggle **Notes** on. 2. Tap **Notes** to enter text. 3. Previous notes are saved in history for quick reuse. See [Reuse text you’ve typed before](/en/app/photo-template/reuse-watermark-text/). ## Add a logo [Section titled “Add a logo”](#add-a-logo) 1. Toggle **Logo** on and tap **+ image**. 2. Choose how to add your logo. ### Select from album [Section titled “Select from album”](#select-from-album) 1. Tap **Select from album**. 2. Choose a photo from your camera roll. ### Search from Web [Section titled “Search from Web”](#search-from-web) 1. Tap **Search from Web**. 2. Enter your brand or company name and tap **Search**. 3. Select a logo from the results. ### Generate logo by text [Section titled “Generate logo by text”](#generate-logo-by-text) 1. Tap **Generate logo by text**. 2. Enter your brand name (max 25 characters including spaces). 3. Tap **Done**. Your logo is generated automatically. ### Adjust your logo [Section titled “Adjust your logo”](#adjust-your-logo) | Setting | Description | | ----------------- | --------------------------------------- | | Position | Follow, Upper left, Upper right, Middle | | Resize | Small to Large slider | | Alpha | Transparency 0–100% | | Crop | Crop the logo image | | Stroke | Add a border | | Fillet | Round the corners | | Remove Background | Remove background (album uploads only) | ## Save changes [Section titled “Save changes”](#save-changes) Tap **Done** to save. If you exit without saving, you’ll be asked “Do you want to save all changes?” ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Template changes apply to photos you take from now on. They do not change photos you’ve already taken. * A quick note added from the camera screen is a one-off for the next shot. To make a field appear on every photo, toggle it on in the template instead. * The **Time** field can’t be turned off. You can change its format, but it always appears on the watermark. To end up with a photo that carries no stamp, use [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/) or [Save the original photo without the watermark](/en/app/settings/save-original/) instead. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) * [Share a template](/en/app/photo-template/share-template/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) * [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Reuse text you've typed before > Pick earlier notes and field text from history, pin the ones you use most, and search older entries. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You type the same notes, job names, or customer names into your watermark over and over. The App keeps what you’ve entered in each text field, so you can pick it again instead of retyping. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business * Affects Free: 1 pin, the latest 20 entries, and 3 searches a day. Plus and Business: no limits. ## Pick from history [Section titled “Pick from history”](#pick-from-history) 1. Open the template editor and tap a text field, such as **Notes**. 2. Your earlier entries for that field are listed below the input box. Tap one to use it. 3. Tap **Save**. ## Pin an entry [Section titled “Pin an entry”](#pin-an-entry) Tap **Pin** on an entry to keep it at the top of the list. On the Free plan you can pin one entry across all your fields. The App confirms with “Pinned · 1 free pin used”. Pinning a second one opens **Pin more with Plus**. Unpin the first entry to free the slot. ## Search older entries [Section titled “Search older entries”](#search-older-entries) Type a word in the text field to find matching entries in your history. On the Free plan you get 3 searches a day, and the count shows as “N free searches left today”. A search is only used when you pick a match and save it. Cancelling, or leaving without saving, doesn’t use one. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Only the first 20 entries in the list are open on the Free plan.** Older ones show locked, with **Unlock all N older entries** at the end of the list. Nothing is deleted. Upgrade to Plus to open them. * **History stays on this phone.** It isn’t synced to your other devices. * **Typing new text is always free.** The limits only apply to pins, older entries, and search. * **Photo markup notes don’t have history.** This only covers text fields on the watermark. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Share a template > Share a photo template with other members, publicly by name or privately by Template code. When you’ve set up a template you want a teammate to reuse, share it. Every field you configured is shared along with it. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Share a template [Section titled “Share a template”](#share-a-template) Share in either of these ways: * Tap the **Templates** button, then tap **Share**. * Open the template editor, then tap **Share**. See [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/). ## Sharing modes [Section titled “Sharing modes”](#sharing-modes) | Mode | Who can find it | Notes | | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------ | | Public | Anyone can find it by searching the name you set. | Best for templates you want widely reused. | | Private | Nobody can discover it. Reachable only with the Template code you share. | The code is valid for 30 days. | ## Get a shared template [Section titled “Get a shared template”](#get-a-shared-template) 1. On the Home screen, tap the **Templates** button. 2. Search for the template by name, or enter the Template code. 3. Select it to add it to your templates. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Sharing is not mandatory. Teammates choose whether to add a shared template. * A Private Template code stops working after 30 days. Share it again to issue a new code. * To require everyone to use one template, sharing won’t enforce it. Create a Teamspace and set a [Team photo template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) instead. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) * [Enforce team templates](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Switch template > Change your Photo Template on the camera screen before you shoot. Templates control what information appears on your photo watermark. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Switch template on the camera screen [Section titled “Switch template on the camera screen”](#switch-template-on-the-camera-screen) 1. Open Timemark. The camera screen opens by default. 2. Tap **Templates** at the bottom right of the camera screen. 3. Select a template from the list. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * You choose the template before you shoot. You can’t change a photo’s template after capture. To change the watermark on a photo you’ve already taken, see [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Share a template](/en/app/photo-template/share-template/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Preview & edit > Review, edit watermarks on, share, and delete photos in the App. [Edit watermark after taking a photo Make changes to the watermark on a photo you've already taken. ](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/)[Remove the watermark from a photo Save a copy of a photo you've already taken with no date, time, or location stamp. ](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/)[Share a photo Share a Timemark photo on its own, or with a link to its metadata and map. ](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/)[Delete a photo Delete a photo from the preview screen. ](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/) # Delete a photo > Delete a photo from the preview screen. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Delete a single photo [Section titled “Delete a single photo”](#delete-a-single-photo) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap the photo you want to delete. 3. Tap **Delete** at the bottom. 4. Confirm by tapping **Delete**. ## Delete multiple photos [Section titled “Delete multiple photos”](#delete-multiple-photos) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **All photos** at the top right. 3. Select the photos you want to delete. 4. Tap **Delete**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Deleting a photo can’t be undone. Export or back up anything you need to keep first. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Share a photo](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/) * [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Edit watermark after taking a photo > Make changes to the watermark on a photo you've already taken. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Edit a photo’s watermark [Section titled “Edit a photo’s watermark”](#edit-a-photos-watermark) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap the photo you want to edit. 3. Tap **Note**. 4. Make your changes, then tap **Done**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The captured time and location values can’t be changed.** You can still adjust the time’s display options. Show or hide the time zone, switch between 12- and 24-hour, show or hide the weekday, and change the date order such as DMY versus MDY. The underlying time and address values stay fixed. * **Editing the watermark on a local photo requires Plus or Business.** Photos synced from Teamspace can be edited on any plan. * The edit panel differs slightly between iOS and Android, but the available changes are the same. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Delete a photo](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/) Last updated: July 13, 2026 # Remove the watermark from a photo > Tap the eraser on a photo you've already taken and Timemark saves a copy with no date, time, or location stamp on it. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You already took the photo, and now you need it without the date, time, and location stamp on it. For example to send the plain image to a customer. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Remove the watermark [Section titled “Remove the watermark”](#remove-the-watermark) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap the photo you want a clean copy of. 3. Tap the eraser icon. Timemark saves a copy of the photo with no watermark on it. The clean copy shows up in your phone’s album and in **Preview** in the App. The stamped photo stays exactly as it was. ## Three ways to get a photo without the stamp [Section titled “Three ways to get a photo without the stamp”](#three-ways-to-get-a-photo-without-the-stamp) | What you want | Use this | | ------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | A clean copy of one photo you already took | The eraser on the preview screen, above | | A clean copy of every photo from now on, saved automatically | [Save the original photo without the watermark](/en/app/settings/save-original/) | | A clean copy of a team photo in Teamspace | [Download the original photo](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/), then choose **Original photo** | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The stamp can’t be edited off the photo you already have.** The eraser gives you a second, clean copy. It does not strip the watermark out of the stamped photo. * **The time and the location themselves are never editable.** They’re locked at capture so the Photo Code stays valid. See [Why I can’t edit the time on a photo](/en/troubleshoot/cannot-edit-time/). * **You can’t turn the Time field off in the Photo Template.** Every stamped photo carries the capture time. If you don’t want a stamp at all, use one of the three options above. * Removing the watermark needs **Plus or Business**. On the Free plan the eraser is still there, but tapping it opens the subscription prompt. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Save the original photo without the watermark](/en/app/settings/save-original/) * [Download the original photo](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/) * [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) * [Show or hide the Timemark logo](/en/app/settings/official-watermark/) Last updated: August 20, 2026 # Share a photo > Share a Timemark photo on its own, or with a link to its metadata and map. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Share a single photo [Section titled “Share a single photo”](#share-a-single-photo) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap the photo you want to share. 3. Tap **Share** to send it as is, or tap **More** next to **Share** and choose **Share as**. Under **Share as** you can pick: * **Photo only** sends just the image. * **With link** sends the image plus a link to that photo’s details. ## Share multiple photos [Section titled “Share multiple photos”](#share-multiple-photos) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **All photos** at the top right. 3. Select the photos you want to share. 4. Tap **Share**. ## What the link shows [Section titled “What the link shows”](#what-the-link-shows) A photo shared **With link** carries a link to a page showing that photo’s metadata and a map of where it was taken. Tapping the map can launch navigation in Google Maps. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Photo only** drops the shareable link. Use **With link** when the recipient needs the location or metadata. * The sharing options are the same on App and Web. * On a few device models, Timemark photos don’t show up properly in a chat app’s own photo picker (black image, or can’t be selected). Sharing from **Preview**, as described above, sends them normally. See [Photos not showing or won’t send in WhatsApp, Line, or Messenger](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-showing-in-whatsapp/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Delete a photo](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/) * [Share photos via link](/en/app/tools/share-link/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Settings > Photo quality, save original, shutter sound, gridlines, and other App settings. [Change where photos are saved on Android Pick the folder where Timemark saves photos and videos (Plus). ](/en/app/settings/change-save-location/)[Edit before save Review and edit watermark fields before saving the shot. ](/en/app/settings/edit-before-save/)[Show camera gridlines Turn on a composition grid overlay in the camera viewfinder. ](/en/app/settings/gridlines/)[Show or hide the Timemark logo Turn the official Timemark logo watermark on or off. ](/en/app/settings/official-watermark/)[Photo quality Adjust the resolution and file size of photos taken in Timemark. ](/en/app/settings/photo-quality/)[Save original photo Save an unstamped original alongside every Timemark photo. ](/en/app/settings/save-original/)[Turn the shutter sound on or off Enable an audible shutter click or capture photos silently. ](/en/app/settings/shutter-sound/)[Set the watermark direction Control how the watermark is oriented on your photos. ](/en/app/settings/watermark-direction/) # Change where photos are saved on Android > Pick the folder on your Android phone where Timemark saves photos and videos. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Timemark saves to the `DCIM/Timemark` folder on Android by default. You want your photos in a different folder instead, such as the main camera folder your gallery app shows first, or an SD card. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business * Affects Android only. New photos and videos you take from now on. ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Photo Save Location**. The current folder name shows on the right, such as `Timemark`. 3. Pick a folder. You can also create a new folder or rename one. 4. Save your choice. The App confirms with “Photo save location has changed.” ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Not every folder is allowed.** You can choose `DCIM/Timemark`, your phone’s gallery folders, or an SD card. * **On the Free plan the folder list is greyed out.** You can see the options, and the banner at the top leads to Plus. * **If Plus ends, saving goes back to the default folder.** Photos already saved to your custom folder stay where they are. * **The App needs access to your photos.** If access is off, the page says so and asks you to allow it first. * **The same setting is also under Google Drive & OneDrive.** Changing it in either place changes both. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [I took photos but they didn’t save or I can’t find them](/en/troubleshoot/photos-didnt-save/) * [Save original photo](/en/app/settings/save-original/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Edit before save > Review and edit watermark fields before saving the shot. When enabled, Timemark pauses after each shot so you can review and edit the watermark fields before the photo is saved. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business * Affects iOS only ## Enable edit before save [Section titled “Enable edit before save”](#enable-edit-before-save) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Toggle **Edit before save** on. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * This feature is available on iOS only. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit watermark after taking a photo](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Show camera gridlines > Turn on a composition grid overlay in the camera viewfinder. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) The grid helps you level horizons, keep verticals straight, and place subjects along the rule-of-thirds lines. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Toggle **Grid Lines** on. The grid appears over the viewfinder immediately. Toggle it off to hide it again. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * The grid is a **viewfinder guide only**. It is not stamped onto the saved photo. * Gridlines do not change your aspect ratio. Change that with the **Ratio** option (see [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/)). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Photo quality](/en/app/settings/photo-quality/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Show or hide the Timemark logo > Turn the official Timemark logo watermark on or off. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Add the official **Timemark** logo to your stamped photos for branding, or remove it when you want a cleaner watermark that shows only your own fields and company logo. This is the built-in Timemark brand mark, different from your own company logo, which you add under [Add a logo to your watermark](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/#add-a-logo). ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business * Affects The currently selected Photo Template only ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. On the camera screen, tap the **☰** (three-lines) button in the top-left corner to open the side menu. 2. Toggle **Timemark Logo** on to show the official watermark, or off to hide it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * The on/off state is **tied to the current Photo Template**. Switching templates can change whether the logo shows, so set it again for each template you use. * Hiding the logo needs Plus or a Business team. On the Free plan the logo stays on, and turning it off takes you to the Plus upgrade screen. * Hiding the Timemark logo does not remove the rest of your watermark (time, location, and your own fields stay). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) * [Add a logo to your watermark](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/#add-a-logo) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Photo quality > Adjust the resolution and file size of photos taken in Timemark. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Change photo quality [Section titled “Change photo quality”](#change-photo-quality) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Photo Quality**. 3. Select your preferred quality setting. The default setting is 2560×1920 at approximately 1.5MB per photo. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Higher quality means larger files. They take up more space on your device and more of your Teamspace storage. * Changing the quality setting only affects photos you take afterward. Photos you’ve already captured keep the quality they were taken at. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Save original photo](/en/app/settings/save-original/) * [Show camera gridlines](/en/app/settings/gridlines/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Save the original photo without the watermark > Keep a clean copy with no date, time, or location stamp alongside every photo you take. When enabled, Timemark saves two copies of every photo you take from now on: one with the watermark stamp and one with no stamp at all. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Enable save original [Section titled “Enable save original”](#enable-save-original) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Toggle **Auto Save Original Photo** on. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Saving the unstamped original requires **Plus or Business**. If you’re not subscribed, tapping the toggle opens a subscription prompt. * **This applies to new photos only.** Originals are not created for photos you took before turning it on. For a photo you already have, use [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/) instead. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/) * [Download the original photo](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/) * [Photo quality](/en/app/settings/photo-quality/) * [Edit before save](/en/app/settings/edit-before-save/) Last updated: August 20, 2026 # Turn the shutter sound on or off > Enable an audible shutter click or capture photos silently. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Silence the shutter when you’re shooting somewhere quiet, such as a meeting, a library, or a site where you don’t want to disturb people. Turn it back on when you want an audible click to confirm each capture. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Toggle **Shutter Sound** **on** for an audible click, or **off** to capture silently. ## Fields you can configure [Section titled “Fields you can configure”](#fields-you-can-configure) | Setting | What it does | | --------------------- | ----------------------------- | | Shutter Sound **on** | Plays a click on each capture | | Shutter Sound **off** | Captures silently | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * In some regions the operating system enforces a mandatory shutter sound that this setting can’t silence. * This controls the photo shutter only. System volume and ringer settings are separate. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Photo quality](/en/app/settings/photo-quality/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Set the watermark direction > Control how the watermark is oriented on your photos. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Set the watermark direction when you shoot in landscape or rotate your device and want the stamp to stay readable, or when the watermark appears sideways relative to the photo. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Watermark Direction**. 3. Select the orientation you want, then go back to the camera. The new direction applies to your next shots. The live watermark in the viewfinder updates so you can confirm it before shooting. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * This applies to **new photos only**. Photos you’ve already taken keep their original watermark direction. * Timemark also re-lays out the watermark when you physically rotate the device while framing, so the on-screen position can shift as you turn the phone. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Tools > Export to PDF, KMZ, ZIP, sheet, collage, share links, and back up to Google Drive or OneDrive. [Generate reports Turn your photos into a PDF, Excel, collage, ZIP, KMZ, or shareable link from the App. ](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/)[Batch share photos Select several photos and send them together to WhatsApp, Email, or other apps for free. ](/en/app/tools/batch-export/)[Export photos to PDF Generate a PDF report of selected photos from the App. ](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/)[Export photos to a sheet Generate a structured sheet (Excel) from the App. ](/en/app/tools/export-to-sheet/)[Export photos as a collage Arrange your photos in a grid or before-and-after layout and export as an image or PDF. ](/en/app/tools/export-to-collage/)[Export photos as KMZ Export your photo locations as a KMZ file to view in Google Earth. ](/en/app/tools/export-to-kmz/)[Export photos as a ZIP file Download multiple photos as a ZIP archive. ](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/)[Share photos via link Generate a shareable link to let anyone view and download your photos. ](/en/app/tools/share-link/)[Auto-backup your photos to Google Drive or OneDrive Automatically back up every photo you capture to your own Google Drive or OneDrive. ](/en/app/tools/auto-backup-to-cloud/) # Auto-backup your photos to Google Drive or OneDrive > Automatically back up every photo you capture to your own Google Drive or OneDrive. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You keep a personal copy of every photo even if you change phones. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Turn on auto-backup [Section titled “Turn on auto-backup”](#turn-on-auto-backup) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Auto Save Photos to**. 3. Choose **Google Drive** or **OneDrive**. 4. Sign in and allow access when prompted. New photos now upload to the connected account in the background. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Existing photos aren’t backed up.** Only photos you take after turning this on get uploaded. Timemark can’t back-fill the ones already on your phone. To move those, export them as a ZIP and upload the file to Google Drive or OneDrive yourself. See [Export photos as a ZIP archive](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/). * Cloud Backup is personal. It backs up your own photos, not a team’s. For per-project team syncing, use Team Sync in Teamspace. * Only one cloud destination can be active at a time. Choosing Google Drive turns off an active OneDrive backup. * Backup runs only while the App has a connection. Photos taken offline upload once you’re back online. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Auto-save to Google Drive](/en/integrations/personal/google-drive/) * [Auto-save to OneDrive](/en/integrations/personal/onedrive/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Batch share photos > Select several photos and send them together to WhatsApp, Email, or other apps for free. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Use batch share to send several photos at once to a messaging app or email. It’s free and has no export limit. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Batch share photos [Section titled “Batch share photos”](#batch-share-photos) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to send. 3. In the tool grid at the bottom, tap the first tile to send to that messaging app (WhatsApp by default), or tap **More** to pick another app. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Batch share sends the photos as image files. To send a link to a photo’s metadata and map instead, use [Share a photo](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/). * For a formatted report such as PDF or Excel, use [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) * [Share photos via link](/en/app/tools/share-link/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as a collage > Arrange your photos in a grid or before-and-after layout and export as an image or PDF. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Create a collage [Section titled “Create a collage”](#create-a-collage) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want in the collage. 3. Tap **Collage** in the tool grid at the bottom. 4. Add your company logo, company name, and your name, then tap **Next**. 5. Choose a template. 6. Tap **Use This** to open the editor. 7. The photos you ticked are already in the collage. Adjust them if needed, then tap **Image** or **PDF** to export. ## Templates [Section titled “Templates”](#templates) | Template | Layout | | ------------------------- | -------------------------------- | | Grid | Photos arranged in a grid | | Before & After | Two photos compared side by side | | Site Photo Report | Structured site documentation | | Work Documentation Report | Formal work report | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Collage is a Plus feature, even though the **Collage** tile shows for everyone in the grid. * Tick the photos before tapping **Collage**. The collage starts from your selection. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos to PDF](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as KMZ > Export your photo locations as a KMZ file to view in Google Earth. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Export as KMZ [Section titled “Export as KMZ”](#export-as-kmz) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to export. 3. Tap **KMZ** in the tool grid at the bottom. 4. Wait for the KMZ file to generate, then save or share it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * A KMZ file includes images only. Photos without GPS data fail to export. * Free accounts include 5 KMZ exports. Once used up, upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited exports. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as a ZIP archive](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos to PDF > Generate a PDF report of selected photos from the App. A PDF report includes each photo’s timestamp, GPS location, and watermark details. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Export as PDF [Section titled “Export as PDF”](#export-as-pdf) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to include. 3. Tap **PDF** in the tool grid at the bottom. The report is generated and a preview opens. 4. Tap **Edit** to adjust the report, or **Share** to export. When editing the PDF, the title can be up to 46 characters, and the optional author name up to 30 characters. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Free accounts include 5 PDF exports. Once used up, upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited exports. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos to a sheet](/en/app/tools/export-to-sheet/) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos to a sheet > Generate a structured sheet (Excel) from the App. An Excel sheet captures each photo’s timestamp, GPS location, and watermark details in rows. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Export as Excel [Section titled “Export as Excel”](#export-as-excel) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to include. 3. Tap **Excel** in the tool grid at the bottom. 4. Tap **Edit** to adjust, or **Share** to export. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Free accounts include 5 Excel exports. Once used up, upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited exports. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos to PDF](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as a ZIP archive > Download multiple photos as a ZIP archive. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Export as ZIP [Section titled “Export as ZIP”](#export-as-zip) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to export. 3. Tap **ZIP** in the tool grid at the bottom. 4. Wait for the file to prepare, then save or share it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * A single ZIP export can include up to 300 photos on Android and 100 on iOS. * Free accounts include 5 ZIP exports. Once used up, upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited exports. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as KMZ](/en/app/tools/export-to-kmz/) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Generate reports > Turn your photos into a PDF, Excel, collage, ZIP, KMZ, or shareable link from the App. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Open reports [Section titled “Open reports”](#open-reports) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to include. 3. Tap a format in the tool grid at the bottom. ## Formats [Section titled “Formats”](#formats) The grid has eight tiles, in this order: | Tile | What you get | | ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Messaging app (WhatsApp by default) | Free. Sends the photos straight to that app. Which app appears first depends on your country. | | PDF | A formatted PDF report. | | Excel | A structured spreadsheet. | | Collage | Several photos in one image, including a Before & After layout. | | ZIP | A ZIP archive of the photos. | | KMZ | Photo locations for Google Earth. | | Link | A shareable link anyone can open. | | More | Other apps to share the photos to. | The title above the grid counts your selection, for example **3 Photos to Share**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Batch share** is free. PDF, Excel, ZIP, KMZ, and Link are limited to 5 exports each on Free. Collage needs Plus. Upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited exports. * KMZ needs GPS data. Photos without a location won’t export. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos to PDF](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/) * [Export photos as a collage](/en/app/tools/export-to-collage/) * [Share photos via link](/en/app/tools/share-link/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Share photos via link > Generate a shareable link to let anyone view and download your photos, no app needed. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Generate a share link [Section titled “Generate a share link”](#generate-a-share-link) 1. On the camera screen, tap **Reports** at the bottom. The **Export & Share** page opens with your photos. 2. Tick the photos you want to share. 3. Tap **Link** in the tool grid at the bottom, then wait for the link to generate. 4. Tap **Copy link** or **Share** to send it. Links expire after 30 days by default. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Anyone with an active link can view and download the photos. * Links expire after 30 days unless you revoke them earlier. * Free accounts include 5 link exports. Once used up, upgrade to Plus or Business for unlimited link exports. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Generate reports](/en/app/tools/generate-reports/) * [Share a photo](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Getting started > New to Timemark? Pick the path that matches who you are: solo user, team member, or team owner. [What is Timemark? Timemark takes work photos anyone can trust. A watermark shows the fields you choose, such as time, location, and notes, giving full job site context. Teams can create a Teamspace to collect and organize everyone's photos. ](/en/getting-started/what-is-timemark/)[For solo app users Use the Timemark App on its own to capture watermarked photos, share them, and prove they are genuine, with no team required. ](/en/getting-started/for-solo-user/)[For team owners Set up your team in Teamspace, invite members, and standardize watermarks. ](/en/getting-started/for-team-owner/)[For team members Join a team and start capturing photos that sync to your team's Teamspace. ](/en/getting-started/for-team-member/)[Download Timemark Install Timemark free on iPhone or Android. No account needed to start taking photos. ](/en/app/get-started/) # For solo app users > Use the Timemark App on its own to capture watermarked photos, share them, and prove they are genuine, with no team required. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You take job-site photos on your own and don’t manage a crew or share work across an organization. The Timemark App on your phone is all you need, with no Teamspace account. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus ## What you get on the Free plan [Section titled “What you get on the Free plan”](#what-you-get-on-the-free-plan) * Capture photos with **timestamp**, **address**, **GPS coordinates**, **map**, **compass**, and more, based on how you set up your Photo Template. * Start from an industry-ready **Photo Template**, then tap **Templates** to switch to one that fits your trade. * Take photos **offline**. They’re stored locally with full metadata. * Share a single photo to email, WhatsApp, and other apps. Each share sends one photo plus a link that shows the photo’s metadata, so the person who receives it can open the photo on a map or check the metadata to confirm it’s genuine. * Capture photos people can trust. Anyone you share with can verify a photo that carries a **Photo Code**, either in the App or at [verify.timemark.com](https://verify.timemark.com/). The Free plan does not generate reports. To turn your photos into a PDF, Excel, or other report, upgrade to Plus. ## What requires upgrading to Plus [Section titled “What requires upgrading to Plus”](#what-requires-upgrading-to-plus) * **Generate reports** from your Timemark photos as PDF, Excel, Collage, ZIP, KMZ, or a link. * **Hide the Timemark logo** on your photos. * **Save the original photo** without the watermark. * **Back up your photos automatically** to Google Drive or OneDrive (Cloud Backup). * **Choose a location** for a photo, and save the locations you visit most. * **Remove ads.** See [Upgrade to Plus](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) for the in-App flow. If you want to buy in bulk for team members, we recommend the Business plan instead. You don’t need to sign in to use the App or to subscribe to Plus. Signing in only matters when you sync to a Teamspace, or when you want to carry a Plus subscription to a new device. ## Getting started in 3 steps [Section titled “Getting started in 3 steps”](#getting-started-in-3-steps) 1. Download Timemark from the [App Store](https://apps.apple.com/app/id6446071834) or [Google Play](https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.oceangalaxy.camera.new). 2. Open the App and allow location access when prompted, so your photos include GPS and address. 3. Tap the round shutter button to take a photo. The watermark applies automatically. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Photos taken without location permission won’t show GPS or address.** Timemark asks for location access the first time you open the camera screen, not on first launch or during onboarding. Grant it then, or later in your device’s Settings → Timemark. * **The Free plan keeps the Timemark logo in a corner of every photo.** This is on purpose. It lets anyone who receives the photo confirm it came from Timemark, so they don’t question whether it’s genuine. To hide it, subscribe to Plus and turn the setting off. In some countries the logo sits in the top-right corner instead of the bottom. * **The Free plan does not back up to your cloud.** Photos live in your device’s camera roll only. If you wipe the phone, they’re gone. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [What is Timemark?](/en/getting-started/what-is-timemark/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) * [Upgrade to Plus](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # For team members > Join a team and start capturing photos that sync to your team's Teamspace. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your manager invited you to a Timemark team. The job-site photos you capture will sync to the team’s Teamspace, where supervisors can review and export them. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App * Plan Free · Plus · Business ## Accepting the invite [Section titled “Accepting the invite”](#accepting-the-invite) You’ll get either an **email** (“You’ve been invited to join *Team Name*”) or a **direct link** to the team. 1. Open the email or link on your phone. 2. The link opens the Timemark App, or installs it first if you don’t have it yet. 3. Sign in with the email address the invite was sent to, and the team appears automatically. If the join prompt doesn’t appear on its own, tap the invite email or link again after the App is installed. If you already use Timemark as a solo user, the team is added to your existing account, and your old photos stay yours. ## Your first capture [Section titled “Your first capture”](#your-first-capture) 1. Open Timemark. The team’s **Photo Template** is selected by default, so the watermark already shows what your Owner configured, such as time, address, project, and logo. 2. Tap the shutter. Photos save locally and queue for upload. 3. Once you’re on Wi-Fi or cellular data, photos sync to Teamspace automatically. You don’t have to do anything special to “send” a photo. Capture is the upload. ## Which template to use [Section titled “Which template to use”](#which-template-to-use) * If your team has **enforced team-only templates**, you can only pick from the team list. * If not, you can still pick a personal template at **Templates** (bottom-right of the camera). Ask your Owner which template is required for your job. Names like `Site check`, `Pre-install`, and `POD` are common. ## Working offline [Section titled “Working offline”](#working-offline) Capture works offline. Photos sit in the App’s upload queue and sync the next time you have a connection. Reopen the App to nudge the queue if uploads stall. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **You won’t see the team’s photos in your phone’s gallery.** Photos in Teamspace live in the cloud. Use Teamspace on the Web, or the App’s “By Project / By Member” views, to browse them. * **If your watermark looks “off” compared to teammates,** you’re probably on an older App version. Update from the App Store or Play Store. * **Switching to a different phone?** Sign in with the same email. The team and your photo history follow your account, not the device. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [What is Timemark?](/en/getting-started/what-is-timemark/) * [Join a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/join-a-team/) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Switch template](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # For team owners > Set up your team in Teamspace, invite members, and standardize watermarks. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re rolling Timemark out to a crew or a department, and you want every photo collected in one place with consistent watermarks. As **Team Owner** you create the Teamspace, set the rules, and invite the people. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## The path from zero to working team [Section titled “The path from zero to working team”](#the-path-from-zero-to-working-team) 1. **Create your Teamspace** at [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/). Sign in with your email, and the team is created on first sign-in. 2. **Create the first project** to scope where photos land. See [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/). 3. **Invite members** by email or a shareable link. See [Invite a team member](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/). 4. **Set roles** so each person is an Admin, a Member, or on a custom role. See [Customize member roles](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/). 5. *(Optional)* **Connect SharePoint or Google Drive** to mirror team photos into your existing cloud. See [Team integrations](/en/integrations/team/). That’s the whole flow. Each step links to a focused doc. ## What you control as Team Owner [Section titled “What you control as Team Owner”](#what-you-control-as-team-owner) | Area | Where to manage it | | --------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | | Team name | **Settings → General** | | Who can upload, and how (App-only vs gallery) | **Settings → General → Photo Source & Upload** | | Whether captures save to phone camera roll | **Settings → General → Auto-Save to Camera Roll** | | Member roles and permissions | **Settings → Members & Access** | | Project access (who can see a project) | **Project → Settings → Who has access** | | Photo Templates and enforcement | **Team Templates → Photo Templates** | | Plan, billing, invoices | **Settings → Plan & Billing** | | Cloud and webhook integrations | **Integrations → SharePoint / Google Drive / Webhook** | ## Plan choice for a new team [Section titled “Plan choice for a new team”](#plan-choice-for-a-new-team) * **Free** team: 100 photos in Teamspace, 3 projects. Good for evaluation. * **Business** team: 300,000 photos, unlimited projects, and centralized billing for the whole team. This is what most teams use. * **Enterprise**: SAML SSO and multi-team billing for large organizations. Not yet released. See [Enterprise plan status](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/). Current prices are on the [pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Members on App version 10.0.115 or earlier can’t see new team templates until they update.** Enforcing team-only templates blocks them from capturing entirely. Make sure everyone is on a recent build before flipping the toggle. * **The Photo Source & Upload setting is team-wide.** If you set it to “Timemark capture only,” gallery imports stop for everyone immediately. * **Removing a member doesn’t delete their existing photos.** Those stay in the project they were captured into. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [What is Timemark?](/en/getting-started/what-is-timemark/) * [Create your team](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/) * [Invite your first members](/en/teamspace/get-started/invite-first-members/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) Last updated: June 30, 2026 # What is Timemark? > Timemark takes work photos anyone can trust. A watermark shows the fields you choose, such as time, location, and notes, giving full job site context. Teams can create a Teamspace to collect and organize everyone's photos. You can use Timemark on its own, or with a team. What changes is whether you create a Teamspace. | | On your own | With a Teamspace | | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | What you do | Take watermarked work photos with the fields you choose, for full job site context | Everything on the left, plus collect, organize, review, and share the whole team’s photos | | Where | App | App and Web | | Who | Anyone, no account needed | All team members | | Cost | Free | Free trial, then Business plan | ## Capture trusted photos for free [Section titled “Capture trusted photos for free”](#capture-trusted-photos-for-free) In the App you capture field photos for free. Each photo is stamped with the fields you choose, such as time, location, GPS coordinate, map, and compass, burned right onto the image. Anyone who opens the photo gets the full context at a glance. The timestamp and geotag are also written into the photo’s metadata. Timemark ships Photo Templates for many industries. Tap **Templates** on the camera screen to switch between them. Learn more in [App (mobile)](/en/app/). ## Collect and organize a team’s photos [Section titled “Collect and organize a team’s photos”](#collect-and-organize-a-teams-photos) If you need a team or enterprise solution, a Teamspace adds automated collection and organization that cuts the friction out of working together. * Site crews don’t have to send photos over email, text, or WhatsApp. * You see field photos in real time as they come in. * Photos save into a Project automatically, with no manual sorting. * You can build a report from several members’ field photos in a few steps. Teamspace runs on both App and Web, on the same data. Crews capture and sync from the App. The office team reviews, organizes, and exports from the larger Web screen at [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/). Learn more in [Teamspace](/en/teamspace/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [For solo app users](/en/getting-started/for-solo-user/) * [For team owners](/en/getting-started/for-team-owner/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Integrations > Connect Timemark to Google Drive, OneDrive, SharePoint, or your own webhook endpoint. [Personal cloud backup Connect your own Google Drive or OneDrive for personal photo backup. ](/en/integrations/personal/)[Team integrations Connect your team's Google Drive, SharePoint, or webhook endpoints. ](/en/integrations/team/) # Personal cloud backup > Connect your own Google Drive or OneDrive for personal photo backup. [Google Drive Automatically back up your Timemark photos to Google Drive. ](/en/integrations/personal/google-drive/)[OneDrive Automatically back up your Timemark photos to Microsoft OneDrive. ](/en/integrations/personal/onedrive/) # Auto-save to Google Drive > Back up every Timemark photo to your own Google Drive automatically. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every photo you capture to land in your own Google Drive without copying files by hand. This is personal Cloud Backup, separate from any team integration. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Connect Google Drive [Section titled “Connect Google Drive”](#connect-google-drive) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Auto Save Photos to** → **Google Drive**. 3. Sign in to your Google account. 4. Pick a folder, then tap **Save to this folder**. New captures now upload to that folder in the background. ## Switch off or disconnect [Section titled “Switch off or disconnect”](#switch-off-or-disconnect) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Auto Save Photos to** → **Google Drive**. 3. Tap **Log Out**. To check which destination is active, open **Auto Save Photos to** and look at the status next to Phone Storage, Google Drive, and OneDrive. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Existing photos aren’t backed up.** Only photos you take after turning this on get uploaded. Timemark can’t back-fill the ones already on your phone. To move those, export them as a ZIP and upload the file to Google Drive yourself. See [Export photos as a ZIP archive](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/). * This backs up to your own Google Drive only. Teammates can’t see these photos. To share with a team, set up [team sync](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) on a Teamspace project instead. * Only one cloud destination can be active at a time. Choosing Google Drive turns off an active OneDrive backup. * If you see “X photos failed to upload”, tap **Retry** and check your internet connection. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Auto-save to OneDrive](/en/integrations/personal/onedrive/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: August 20, 2026 # Auto-save to OneDrive > Back up every Timemark photo to your own Microsoft OneDrive automatically. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every photo you capture to land in your own Microsoft OneDrive without copying files by hand. This is personal Cloud Backup, separate from any team integration. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Plan Plus · Business ## Connect OneDrive [Section titled “Connect OneDrive”](#connect-onedrive) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Auto Save Photos to** → **OneDrive**. 3. Sign in to your Microsoft account. 4. Select a folder to save your photos. New captures now upload to that folder in the background. ## Switch off or disconnect [Section titled “Switch off or disconnect”](#switch-off-or-disconnect) 1. Tap **Settings** on the camera screen. 2. Tap **Auto Save Photos to** → **OneDrive**. 3. Tap **Log Out**. To check which destination is active, open **Auto Save Photos to** and look at the status next to Phone Storage, Google Drive, and OneDrive. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Existing photos aren’t backed up.** Only photos you take after turning this on get uploaded. Timemark can’t back-fill the ones already on your phone. To move those, export them as a ZIP and upload the file to OneDrive yourself. See [Export photos as a ZIP archive](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/). * This backs up to your own OneDrive only. Teammates can’t see these photos. To share with a team, set up [team sync](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) on a Teamspace project instead. * Only one cloud destination can be active at a time. Choosing OneDrive turns off an active Google Drive backup. * If you see “X photos failed to upload”, tap **Retry** and check your internet connection. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Auto-save to Google Drive](/en/integrations/personal/google-drive/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: July 13, 2026 # Team integrations > Connect your team's Google Drive, SharePoint, Jobber account, or webhook endpoints. [Google Drive Per-project sync. Supports personal Google accounts and Google Workspace. ](/en/integrations/team/google-drive/)[SharePoint Per-project sync to a SharePoint document library. ](/en/integrations/team/sharepoint/)[Jobber Connect once. Photos land in the matching Jobber Request, Quote, or Job automatically. ](/en/integrations/team/jobber/)[Webhook Set up custom webhook endpoints to receive team events. ](/en/integrations/team/webhook/) # Connect Google Drive > Sync a project's photos to a shared Google Drive folder. Works with personal Google accounts and Google Workspace. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every new photo added to a team project to land automatically in a shared Google Drive folder, so the whole team can open them without manual exports. This is team sync, set up per project, and it goes to a shared folder rather than anyone’s personal Drive. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface App and Web * Plan Business * Affects New photos only; existing photos are not back-filled ## Connect a project to Google Drive [Section titled “Connect a project to Google Drive”](#connect-a-project-to-google-drive) 1. Open the project and go to its **settings**. 2. Find **Google Drive** and tap **Connect**. 3. Sign in to the Google account that owns the destination folder, then grant Timemark access. 4. Pick the destination folder, then confirm. Every new photo added to the project now uploads to that folder in the background. ## Personal Google vs Google Workspace [Section titled “Personal Google vs Google Workspace”](#personal-google-vs-google-workspace) | Account type | What to know | | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Personal Google account | Works as-is. Photos sync to a folder in that account’s Drive. | | Google Workspace | Works too. If your organization restricts third-party apps, a Workspace admin may need to approve Timemark before sign-in succeeds. | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Photos sync into one flat folder.** Sub-folders by member, date, or project aren’t supported. If you need separation, use a separate project per folder. * **Existing photos aren’t back-filled.** Only photos added after you connect get uploaded. To move older photos, export them manually. See [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/). * **Connections are per project.** A new project starts with no connection. Enable cloud sync separately for each project you want to sync. * **A broken connection shows in red.** This usually means the folder was moved, renamed, or its permissions changed. Reopen the connection, pick the folder again, and save. * **Not the same as personal backup.** Team sync goes to a shared folder the whole team can open. Personal Auto Save (App → Settings → **Auto Save Photos to**) goes to your own Drive and is separate. Photos in one don’t appear in the other. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) * [Connect SharePoint](/en/integrations/team/sharepoint/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Jobber > Connect your team's Jobber account once, and job site photos file themselves against the right Request, Quote, or Job. [Connecting Timemark to Jobber Authorize the integration once for the whole team, and optionally let Jobber assignments drive project access. ](/en/integrations/team/jobber/connecting-timemark-to-jobber/)[Using the Timemark + Jobber integration What you do in Jobber at each stage, and where your photos end up in Timemark as you go. ](/en/integrations/team/jobber/using-the-timemark-jobber-integration/)[What syncs with Jobber Every hand-off the integration makes, in both directions. ](/en/integrations/team/jobber/what-syncs-with-jobber/)[When Jobber syncing stops Invoicing, closing, reopening, and disconnecting. ](/en/integrations/team/jobber/when-jobber-syncing-stops/) # Connecting Timemark to Jobber > Connect Timemark and Jobber to automatically sync job site photos, videos, and files with your Requests, Quotes, and Jobs. This article covers connecting the two accounts and the settings that come with it. Once you’re connected, see [Using the Timemark + Jobber integration](/en/integrations/team/jobber/using-the-timemark-jobber-integration/) for what happens at each stage of a job and where your photos end up. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface Web * Affects New content only; photos taken before you connect are not back-filled ## Setting up the integration [Section titled “Setting up the integration”](#setting-up-the-integration) 1. Open the sidebar and go to **Integrations** → **Jobber**. 2. Click **Connect Jobber**.  3. Sign in to Jobber if you aren’t already. 4. Review the access Timemark asks for, then click **Allow**. 5. You land back in Timemark. The page shows **Connected** and your Jobber account name. That’s the whole setup. Your crew never sees a setup screen, and you don’t link projects by hand — from here on, every Jobber Property becomes a Timemark project on its own. ## Setting up Auto assign users [Section titled “Setting up Auto assign users”](#setting-up-auto-assign-users) Auto assign users is optional and off by default. Turn it on to give project access to the people assigned in Jobber. 1. Go to **Integrations** → **Jobber**. 2. Under **Settings**, select the **Auto assign users** checkbox. 3. The change saves on its own — **Saved** appears next to the label.  For the full list of what the integration hands off in each direction, see [What syncs with Jobber](/en/integrations/team/jobber/what-syncs-with-jobber/). What to know before you turn it on: * **It narrows who can see the project.** The project switches to selected members, so everyone else on the team loses access to it. That is the point of the feature, but it surprises people who expected it only to add. * **Email addresses have to match exactly** between Jobber and Timemark, and the person has to be in your Timemark team. Anyone who doesn’t match is skipped, and everyone who does still syncs. * **Where the names come from depends on the stage.** A Request uses its salesperson and anyone assigned to its assessment. A Quote uses its salesperson. A Job uses its salesperson and the crew assigned in the Schedule section. * **Jobber only ever adds people, never removes them.** Take someone off a Jobber record and they keep their Timemark access. A project holds every photo ever taken at that address, across jobs and across years, so the people who shot those photos stay. To take access away, remove them from the project in Timemark. * **The person who connected the integration keeps access** to every project it creates. ## Disconnecting the integration [Section titled “Disconnecting the integration”](#disconnecting-the-integration) You can disconnect from either side. | Where | What to do | | -------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | Timemark | **Integrations** → **Jobber** → **Disconnect** | | Jobber | **Apps** → **Timemark** → **Disconnect** | Nothing is deleted. Your projects, your photos, and the links between them all stay. Syncing pauses. Reconnect later and it resumes without relinking a single project — though a job that was already invoiced and closed stays stopped, for the reasons in [When Jobber syncing stops](/en/integrations/team/jobber/when-jobber-syncing-stops/). ## FAQ [Section titled “FAQ”](#faq) **Nothing appeared right after I connected. Did it work?** It did. Properties that already existed in Jobber don’t create projects on their own, because Jobber only tells Timemark about new activity. Create a Request, Quote, or Job on one of those properties and its project appears. **Does turning on Auto assign users change projects I already have?** No. Existing projects keep the access they have now. Only projects that get an assignee in Jobber after you turn it on will switch to selected members. Turning it back off works the same way — it stops future changes and leaves everything already narrowed as it is. **Can I connect more than one Jobber account?** No. One Timemark team maps to one Jobber account. Connecting a second account replaces the first. **Can I connect from my phone?** No, connecting is web only. Capture on the app syncs normally once the connection exists. Last updated: August 13, 2026 # Using the Timemark + Jobber integration > How photos, videos, and files sync between Timemark and Jobber across Requests, Quotes, Jobs, and invoices. Learn how photos, videos, and files sync between Timemark and Jobber across Requests, Quotes, Jobs, and invoices. This article assumes the two accounts are already connected — if they aren’t, start with [Connecting Timemark to Jobber](/en/integrations/team/jobber/connecting-timemark-to-jobber/). ## How the integration works [Section titled “How the integration works”](#how-the-integration-works) In Jobber, each Client Property becomes its own Timemark project. The project carries a label showing the most recent active entry for that property: Property , Request , Quote , or Job . * New properties create matching projects on their own, named after the client. * Photos, videos, and project files sync to the **Internal Notes** of the matching Jobber entry. * Content lands within seconds. A day’s capture is collected into one note rather than one note per photo. * Content goes to the **most recent active** Request, Quote, or Job. * If no Request, Quote, or Job exists yet, nothing syncs. The property alone is not somewhere to attach content. [What syncs with Jobber](/en/integrations/team/jobber/what-syncs-with-jobber/) lists every hand-off in both directions, including the four things the integration deliberately leaves alone. If you close the most recent Job and reopen an older Job for the same property, anything captured after reopening syncs to that reopened Job. ## Setting up your Jobber workflow [Section titled “Setting up your Jobber workflow”](#setting-up-your-jobber-workflow) ### Creating a client [Section titled “Creating a client”](#creating-a-client) 1. In Jobber, click **Create** and choose **Client**.  2. Enter the name and **Property Address**, then click **Save Client**. 3. A project named after the client appears in Timemark, labelled Property .  Photos don’t sync yet. There has to be a Request, Quote, or Job for them to attach to. ### Workflow 1: straight to a job [Section titled “Workflow 1: straight to a job”](#workflow-1-straight-to-a-job) Use this when the work is already agreed and you’re just scheduling it. 1. On the client page, click **Create** and choose **Job**. 2. Fill in the job details and set the **Salesperson**. 3. In the **Schedule** section, add your crew under **Assigned**. 4. Click **Save Job**. The project label moves to Job and content starts syncing. If **Auto assign users** is on, the people you assigned get access to the project. ### Workflow 2: request, quote, then job [Section titled “Workflow 2: request, quote, then job”](#workflow-2-request-quote-then-job) #### Creating a request [Section titled “Creating a request”](#creating-a-request) 1. On the client page, click **Create** and choose **Request**.  2. Fill in the request details and set the **Salesperson**.  3. Click **Save Request**.  The label moves to Request and syncing begins. Anything your crew shoots from now on lands on that Request. #### Converting the request to a quote [Section titled “Converting the request to a quote”](#converting-the-request-to-a-quote) 1. Open the Request in Jobber, click **More**, and choose **Convert to Quote**.  2. Update the **Salesperson** if it’s changing. 3. Finish the conversion. The label moves to Quote . Photos taken at the Request stage are still there — see below. #### Converting the quote to a job [Section titled “Converting the quote to a job”](#converting-the-quote-to-a-job) 1. Open the Quote in Jobber and convert it to a Job. 2. Update the **Salesperson** if it’s changing. 3. In the **Schedule** section, add your crew under **Assigned**. 4. Finish the conversion. The label moves to Job . ## Your photos follow the work [Section titled “Your photos follow the work”](#your-photos-follow-the-work) Timemark links every note it writes to the records downstream of it, so content carries forward on its own as the work converts: | Content added at | Also visible on | | ---------------- | ---------------------------- | | Request | That Quote, Job, and invoice | | Quote | That Job and invoice | | Job | That invoice | You can see it on the note itself: under **Link to related**, Quotes, Jobs, and Invoices are already ticked.  There is nothing to remember before converting. If you’re coming from another product that made you tick those boxes by hand, you don’t have to here. ## Viewing synced content in Jobber [Section titled “Viewing synced content in Jobber”](#viewing-synced-content-in-jobber) Open the Request, Quote, or Job and scroll to **Internal Notes**. Each note’s text links back to the Timemark project the content came from, and photos, videos, and files appear as attachments on it.  Notes marked **Linked note** were written earlier in the chain — on the Request or the Quote — and carried forward to here on their own. Look at the newest record, not the one you started on Content always goes to the **most recent** Request, Quote, or Job for that property. Once a Request becomes a Quote, new photos land on the Quote — the Request stops collecting. If you can’t find something you just captured, check the newest record first. ### When syncing stops [Section titled “When syncing stops”](#when-syncing-stops) | In Jobber | Syncing | | ----------------------------- | ----------------------- | | Job closed, no invoice raised | Continues | | Invoice raised and job closed | Stops | | Closed job reopened | Resumes for new content | [When Jobber syncing stops](/en/integrations/team/jobber/when-jobber-syncing-stops/) goes through the edge cases — reconnecting, deleting a project, and why a reopened job sometimes stays quiet. ## Properties that existed before you connected [Section titled “Properties that existed before you connected”](#properties-that-existed-before-you-connected) Connecting does not import your Jobber back catalogue. Jobber only tells Timemark about new activity, so properties that already existed sit quiet until something happens on them. To bring one in, create a Request, Quote, or Job on that property. Its project appears at that point, already at the right stage. ## FAQ [Section titled “FAQ”](#faq) **Why isn’t my project syncing to Jobber?** There has to be an active Request, Quote, or Job for that property. A project still labelled Property has nothing to attach content to. Check the integration is still connected on the Jobber page, then create any one of the three. **Why do I have two projects with the same name?** Each property gets its own project, and projects are named after the client — so a client with two addresses gives you two projects with the same name. Tell them apart by the address under the name. It’s the same in Jobber, where both properties sit under one client. **Does the project name change when I create a Request or a Job?** No. Timemark sets the project name once, when the project is created, and never overwrites it. Rename it in Timemark and your name sticks. **I changed the address in Jobber. Does Timemark follow?** Yes. Editing a property address in Jobber updates the project’s address and map location. The project name is left alone, so your own naming survives. **Why didn’t my content transfer when I converted to a job?** It should have. Timemark links each note to the records downstream of it automatically, so Request content appears on the Quote, Job, and invoice. If it hasn’t, check that the content was captured after the integration was connected. **Do checklists sync to Jobber?** Not on their own. Export the checklist to Excel, upload that file to the project’s files, and it syncs like any other file. **Why does the person who set up the integration have access to every project?** Whoever connected Jobber is kept on every project the integration creates, so there is always someone who can reach them. This is expected. **Can I delete synced content in Jobber?** Yes. Open the entry, go to **Internal Notes**, and delete the attachment there. Deleting in one product never deletes in the other — remove it in both if you want it gone everywhere. Last updated: August 13, 2026 # What syncs with Jobber > Every hand-off the Jobber integration makes in both directions, and the four things it deliberately leaves alone. ## Jobber sets up Timemark [Section titled “Jobber sets up Timemark”](#jobber-sets-up-timemark) | In Jobber | In Timemark | | -------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | New client address | A project is created, named after the client, carrying the address, its map location, and a 1 km arrival reminder | | A second address on the same client | A second project, with the same name. The two are told apart by their addresses, as they are in Jobber | | New Request, Quote, or Job | The project label moves forward, and so does the sync target | | First Request on a property that predates the connection | The project is created for it then | | Salesperson and scheduled crew on a Job | Those people get access to the project | Those labels move as you work through a job in Jobber — [Using the Timemark + Jobber integration](/en/integrations/team/jobber/using-the-timemark-jobber-integration/) walks the whole chain with screenshots. ## Timemark files the evidence [Section titled “Timemark files the evidence”](#timemark-files-the-evidence) Photos, videos, and project files sync to the **Internal Notes** of that property’s current Request, Quote, or Job. They usually appear within seconds. Each project carries a label naming where its content is going right now. | Label | What it means | Content goes to | | -------- | ------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------- | | Property | Client and address exist, no paperwork yet | Nothing yet | | Request | A request has been created | That Request’s Internal Notes | | Quote | A quote has been created | That Quote’s Internal Notes | | Job | A job has been created | That Job’s Internal Notes | Two behaviours worth knowing: * **One note per day, not one per photo.** A day’s capture is collected into one note, whose text links back to the Timemark project the photos came from. * **Content moves with the work.** Photos attached at the Request stage are still there on the Quote, the Job, and the invoice. There is no “link to related” box to remember. An address Jobber can't place gets no project Jobber has to be able to put the address on the map. If it can’t, Timemark creates nothing rather than a project with no location. Complete the address in Jobber and the project appears. A client with only an address won't sync There has to be a Request, Quote, or Job for photos to attach to. If a project still reads **Jobber Property**, create any one of the three in Jobber. ## Crew access [Section titled “Crew access”](#crew-access) This only happens when **Auto assign users** is turned on, which it is not by default — see [Connecting Timemark to Jobber](/en/integrations/team/jobber/connecting-timemark-to-jobber/). With it on, setting a **Salesperson** on a Job, or adding people to **Assigned** in the Schedule section, gives those people access to the matching project. Assignment only ever adds people — taking someone off a Jobber record never takes their Timemark access away. Matching is by email address, so a person’s email has to be the same in both products. Anyone whose email doesn’t match is skipped, and everyone else still syncs. Jobber can't take access away A project keeps every photo ever taken at that address, across jobs and across years, while a Jobber schedule turns over crews far more often. So changes in Jobber only ever add people. Someone who shot photos on last summer’s job still has them when this summer’s crew is assigned. To take access away, remove the person from the project in Timemark. The person who connected the integration keeps access to every project it creates. ## What doesn’t sync [Section titled “What doesn’t sync”](#what-doesnt-sync) | Not synced | What to do instead | | ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Checklists | Checklists export to Excel. Upload that file to the project’s files and it syncs like anything else. | | Renamed clients | A project keeps the name it was created with, so your own naming is never overwritten. Edited addresses do sync. | | Projects you create in Timemark | Properties flow from Jobber to Timemark. It does not run the other way. | Deleting content in one product never deletes it in the other. Remove it in both if you want it gone everywhere. Last updated: August 11, 2026 # When Jobber syncing stops > Photos keep flowing until a job is both invoiced and closed. Reopen it and they flow again. ## When you’d read this [Section titled “When you’d read this”](#when-youd-read-this) Photos stopped landing in Jobber and you want to know whether that’s the integration doing its job or something going wrong. ## The rule [Section titled “The rule”](#the-rule) Syncing follows the job’s real state, not just whether someone marked it closed. | What happened in Jobber | Syncing | | -------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | Job closed, no invoice yet | Keeps going. The work isn’t finished until it’s billed. | | Job invoiced **and** closed, in either order | Stops | | A closed job reopened | Resumes. New photos go to that job. | | A new job started on the same property | Continues, on the new job | | Integration disconnected | Pauses. Nothing is deleted, and reconnecting resumes it. | Content that already synced stays where it is. Nothing is moved or removed. Reopening an older job Close the most recent job and reopen an older one on the same property, and new photos go to the one you reopened. Content that synced earlier stays on the job it went to. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The job looks closed but photos still arrive.** No invoice exists yet, so the integration treats the work as unfinished. Raise the invoice and syncing stops. * **Photos stopped and you didn’t expect it.** Check the job for an invoice. Invoiced plus closed is the stop condition. * **A project sits on Property and never syncs.** There’s no Request, Quote, or Job on that property yet, so there’s nothing to attach photos to. [Using the Timemark + Jobber integration](/en/integrations/team/jobber/using-the-timemark-jobber-integration/) shows how to create one. * **Nothing syncs after reconnecting.** Reconnecting restores the project links, but a job that is already invoiced and closed stays stopped. Reopen it or start a new job. See [Connecting Timemark to Jobber](/en/integrations/team/jobber/connecting-timemark-to-jobber/) for how reconnecting works. * **You deleted the project in Timemark.** Its link to Jobber goes with it. Create a Request, Quote, or Job on that property and a fresh project appears. Last updated: August 11, 2026 # Connect SharePoint > Sync a project's photos to a shared SharePoint document library so the whole team can open them. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every new photo added to a team project to upload automatically into a shared SharePoint document library, so your team works from SharePoint without manual exports. Like Google Drive sync, this is set up per project and goes to a shared location. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface App and Web * Plan Business * Affects New photos only; existing photos are not back-filled ## Connect a project to SharePoint [Section titled “Connect a project to SharePoint”](#connect-a-project-to-sharepoint) 1. Open the project and go to its **settings**. 2. Find **SharePoint** and tap **Connect**. 3. Sign in to your Microsoft account and grant Timemark access. 4. Pick the destination document library and folder, then confirm. Every new photo added to the project now uploads to that document library in the background. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Use an admin account.** Signing in with a SharePoint admin account avoids the permission delays that can hit standard user accounts. If sync fails, ask your SharePoint admin to confirm Timemark has access, then reconnect. * **Existing photos aren’t back-filled.** Only photos added after you connect get uploaded. To move older photos, export them manually. See [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/). * **Connections are per project.** A new project starts with no connection. Enable cloud sync separately for each project you want to sync. * **A broken connection shows in red.** This usually means the library was moved or its permissions changed. Reopen the connection, pick the library again, and save. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) * [Connect Google Drive](/en/integrations/team/google-drive/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Webhook > Set up custom webhook endpoints to receive team events. [Configure a webhook Set up endpoint, choose scope (Project or All Photos), test delivery. ](/en/integrations/team/webhook/configure/)[Webhook event types Reference for all events your endpoint can subscribe to. ](/en/integrations/team/webhook/event-types/)[Webhook payload reference JSON schema for each event type. ](/en/integrations/team/webhook/payload-reference/) # Configure a webhook > Point Timemark at your endpoint, choose which events and which projects fire it, and test delivery. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want your own system to react when something happens in Teamspace, for example to log a photo upload or kick off a downstream job. A webhook makes Timemark send a POST request to your endpoint each time a chosen event occurs. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface Web * Plan Business * Affects Fires only for events that occur after the webhook is created ## Set up the webhook [Section titled “Set up the webhook”](#set-up-the-webhook) 1. Go to **Teamspace → Settings → Integrations → Webhook**. 2. Enter your **endpoint URL**. It must be publicly reachable and respond to a POST request. 3. Confirm the trigger. The webhook fires on **New photo** when a new photo is uploaded. 4. Choose the **scope**: **All photos**, or a specific **folder**. 5. Save. ## Test delivery [Section titled “Test delivery”](#test-delivery) 1. On the webhook you just saved, use the **test** or **ping** function to send a sample payload. 2. Check your endpoint logs to confirm the payload arrived. 3. Confirm your endpoint returned a `2xx` response. ## Fields you can configure [Section titled “Fields you can configure”](#fields-you-can-configure) | Field | What it does | Notes | | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Endpoint URL | Where Timemark sends the POST request | Must be public and return `2xx` within the timeout | | Trigger | The action that fires a delivery | **New photo** (`photo.uploaded`) is currently the only trigger. See [Webhook event types](/en/integrations/team/webhook/event-types/) | | Scope | Limits firing to one folder, or all team photos | Folder scope only fires for photos in that folder | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **No retroactive firing.** The webhook fires only for events after it’s created. Existing photos won’t trigger it. * **Endpoint must return `2xx` in time.** A timeout or error is treated as a failed delivery. Timemark retries failed deliveries, then stops once retries are exhausted. * **Scope mismatch.** A webhook scoped to one folder won’t fire for photos in other folders. Set the scope to All photos if you need every folder. * **Behind a firewall.** An endpoint behind a VPN or firewall isn’t reachable. Expose a public URL. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Webhook event types](/en/integrations/team/webhook/event-types/) * [Webhook payload reference](/en/integrations/team/webhook/payload-reference/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Webhook event types > The events that can fire a Timemark webhook and what each one means. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re setting up a webhook and need to know which Teamspace action triggers a delivery. ## Available events [Section titled “Available events”](#available-events) | Trigger | `event_type` | Fires when | | --------- | ---------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | | New photo | `photo.uploaded` | A new photo is uploaded to Teamspace within the webhook’s scope. | New photo is currently the only trigger. The `event_type` field in the payload lets your endpoint branch if more events are added later. ## Scope [Section titled “Scope”](#scope) A webhook fires only for photos in its scope, set when you configure it: * **All photos** across the team, or * a specific **folder**. A webhook scoped to one folder won’t fire for photos in other folders. Events also fire only after the webhook is created; existing photos don’t trigger it retroactively. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Scope is narrower than you think.** If a webhook doesn’t fire, confirm the photo is in the scope you selected. * **No retroactive delivery.** Photos uploaded before the webhook existed never fire it. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Configure a webhook](/en/integrations/team/webhook/configure/) * [Webhook payload reference](/en/integrations/team/webhook/payload-reference/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Webhook payload reference > The JSON body Timemark POSTs for a New photo event, field by field. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re writing the endpoint that receives Timemark webhooks and need to know the exact shape of the request body so you can parse it. ## How a delivery is sent [Section titled “How a delivery is sent”](#how-a-delivery-is-sent) Each delivery is an HTTP **POST** with a JSON body. The body carries the event and the photo it concerns. Your endpoint must return a `2xx` response within the timeout; anything else counts as a failed delivery and is retried. ## Example payload [Section titled “Example payload”](#example-payload) This is the body sent for a **New photo** event (`event_type: "photo.uploaded"`): ```json { "event_type": "photo.uploaded", "event_id": "3f4566da-938d-4e11-834b-ba9e3faec98c", "group_name": "Group Scenery", "project_name": "Project Sunrise", "photo_code": "A1BCDEFGHIJ23K", "photo_name": "2025-12-11 13.45.00_1388 Central Park, New York, example.jpg", "photo_url": "https://example.com/uploads/photos/123456.jpg", "thumbnail_url": "https://example.com/uploads/photos/123456.jpg", "photo_timestamp": "2025-12-11T13:45:00Z", "photo_location": { "location_name": "Central Park, New York, USA", "location_latitude": "40.785091", "location_longitude": "-73.968285" }, "member": { "member_name": "Alice Chen", "member_short_name": "Alice", "member_profile_picture_url": "https://example.com/user/profile_photo/123456.jpg", "member_contact": "alice.chen@example.com" }, "device_model": "Apple iPhone 14 Pro Max", "custom_notes": [ { "title": "custom_note_title_1", "content": "custom_note_content_1" }, { "title": "custom_note_title_2", "content": "custom_note_content_2" } ] } ``` ## Field reference [Section titled “Field reference”](#field-reference) | Field | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `event_type` | string | The event that fired. `photo.uploaded` for a New photo event. | | `event_id` | string | Unique ID for this delivery. Use it to de-duplicate retries. | | `group_name` | string | The team the photo belongs to. | | `project_name` | string | The project the photo belongs to. | | `photo_code` | string | The photo’s verification code, also used in the Photo Verification Center. | | `photo_name` | string | The photo’s file name, including its capture time and location. | | `photo_url` | string | URL of the full-size image. | | `thumbnail_url` | string | URL of the thumbnail image. | | `photo_timestamp` | string | Capture time in ISO 8601 (UTC). | | `photo_location` | object | Capture location. See below. | | `photo_location.location_name` | string | Human-readable place name or address. | | `photo_location.location_latitude` | string | Latitude, as a string. | | `photo_location.location_longitude` | string | Longitude, as a string. | | `member` | object | The member who captured the photo. See below. | | `member.member_name` | string | Full display name. | | `member.member_short_name` | string | Short name. | | `member.member_profile_picture_url` | string | URL of the member’s profile picture. | | `member.member_contact` | string | The member’s contact, such as an email. | | `device_model` | string | The device that captured the photo. | | `custom_notes` | array | Custom notes on the photo. Each item has a `title` and `content`. | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Latitude and longitude are strings, not numbers.** Cast them before doing math. * **De-duplicate on `event_id`.** A retried delivery repeats the same `event_id`, so store it and skip duplicates. * **Acknowledge fast, process later.** Return `2xx` first, then do heavy work, or the delivery is treated as failed and retried. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Configure a webhook](/en/integrations/team/webhook/configure/) * [Webhook event types](/en/integrations/team/webhook/event-types/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Plans & billing > Compare plans, upgrade, manage payment methods, and handle billing questions. [Plans comparison What each plan is for, who it's aimed at, and where the boundaries are. Live prices are on the pricing page. ](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/)[Plus plan Upgrade the Timemark App from Free to Plus (formerly Pro) through your phone's app store. ](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/)[Business plan Upgrade your Teamspace from Free to Business on the Web. Unlocks 300k photos, unlimited projects, and team integrations. ](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/)[Enterprise plan What's in the Enterprise plan today, what's still coming, and how to express interest. ](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/)[Billing cycle and invoices How monthly vs yearly billing work, what proration looks like, and where to find invoices. ](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/)[Cancel subscription Cancel Plus from the App, or Business from Teamspace. What happens after cancel. ](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/)[Refund policy When refunds are available, what's typically covered, and who to ask. ](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/) # Billing cycle and invoices > How monthly vs yearly billing work, what proration looks like, and where to find invoices. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to know **when** you’ll be charged, **what** the charge represents, and **where** to download the invoice. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface Web * Plan Plus · Business · Enterprise * Affects Plus is billed by the App Store or Google Play; Business and Enterprise by Stripe, or by Waffo for Pay 1 year purchases ## Where to find your billing info [Section titled “Where to find your billing info”](#where-to-find-your-billing-info) ### Team plans (Business / Enterprise) [Section titled “Team plans (Business / Enterprise)”](#team-plans-business--enterprise) Business and Enterprise use **centralized, seat-based billing**: one person (usually the Team Owner) supplies the payment method, and every member is a billable seat charged to that one method. Billing runs through **Stripe**, which issues a full **invoice** (downloadable PDF) plus a payment **receipt**. Go to **Settings → Plan & Billing**. You’ll see: * **Plan badge**: name + Active state * **Per-seat price** and **total per month** * **Member count**, **photo usage** with a progress bar * **Next billing on \[date]** * **View invoices** link → all past invoices (PDFs from Stripe) * **Manage Subscription** link → update payment method or cancel **Pay 1 year** is a one-time yearly purchase billed by **Waffo**, offered in ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH. If your team bought it, there is no subscription to manage and no **Manage Subscription** link. The page shows an **Expires on** date and a **Renew** link instead, and your invoice comes from Waffo, not Stripe. Pay 1 year does not auto-renew: when it expires, the team returns to Free limits and the page shows **Upgrade** again. ### Individual plans (Plus / Pro on the App) [Section titled “Individual plans (Plus / Pro on the App)”](#individual-plans-plus--pro-on-the-app) Plus and the legacy Pro subscriptions are billed by the App Store (iOS) or Google Play (Android), not by Stripe. Manage them in your **App Store / Play account → Subscriptions**, not in Teamspace. The store hosts the billing and provides a **receipt** only. It does not issue a Timemark invoice. A formal invoice for expensing is a Business feature (issued by Stripe, or by Waffo for Pay 1 year purchases). ## Monthly billing: how proration works [Section titled “Monthly billing: how proration works”](#monthly-billing-how-proration-works) * The cycle starts on the day you first paid. * At the start of each cycle, you’re charged a flat per-seat total. * If team size changes mid-cycle, Stripe **prorates**: * Adding a member: charged for the remaining days of the cycle. * Removing a member: credited the unused days. * The proration shows up on the **next** invoice as separate credit / new-charge lines that net out. > Worked example: cycle starts on the 4th of each month, your seat price is **P**, you add 1 member on the 14th, the cycle is 30 days long. Charge for the new member ≈ **P × (30 − 10) / 30 ≈ 0.67P**. That line lands on next month’s invoice. This is why a mid-cycle invoice total may not equal `seat price × seats`. ## Yearly and Pay 1 year: prepaid seats and overage [Section titled “Yearly and Pay 1 year: prepaid seats and overage”](#yearly-and-pay-1-year-prepaid-seats-and-overage) * You prepay for a fixed number of seats for 12 months. That’s the “Up to N members” line on your plan: the seats you’ve paid for, **not a cap on invites**. * **Adding a member is never blocked**, on any plan or payment method. * Adding a member into a free seat is included. * Removing a member **does not** refund the seat. The seat is freed to reassign. * Adding members *beyond* your paid seats puts the team in **overage**. The Owner sees “Your team has N extra members. Pay the difference to keep them” on **Settings → Plan & Billing** (Web) and under **Teamspace → Settings → Upgrade & manage** (App). The Web banner also shows the deadline. * Click **Pay now** to pay the difference for the extra seats, or **Manage members** to remove members instead. Until the deadline, everyone stays in the team and keeps working. * If you do neither before the deadline, the team is restricted and newer photos blur. See [Some team photos are blurred](/en/troubleshoot/team-photos-blurred/). ## Reading an invoice [Section titled “Reading an invoice”](#reading-an-invoice) Stripe invoices show: * Period (e.g., “May 4, 2026 to Jun 4, 2026”) * Line items: one per seat × period, plus any prorated credits / charges from mid-cycle changes * Subtotal, tax (if applicable to your region), total * Payment status: Paid / Open Download the PDF from **View invoices**. This covers Stripe-billed teams; Pay 1 year invoices come from Waffo instead. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Pricing is set by region and local purchasing power.** Timemark sets the per-seat price by country and currency, so the US number on the public [pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing) is only a reference. The authoritative amount for your team is the price shown at checkout (Stripe or Waffo) and afterward on **Settings → Plan & Billing**. * **There’s no per-seat opt-out.** Every member you add to a Business team is a billable seat. * **Centralized billing doesn’t combine across teams.** If your org runs multiple Teamspaces, each is billed separately. Merging billing across teams is an Enterprise-only capability (see [Enterprise plan](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/)). * **Tax handling varies by country.** If you don’t see tax on your invoice but you expect one (e.g., VAT, GST), contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com) with your business tax ID. Stripe can be configured to add it. * **Currency follows your billing provider’s setup.** It depends on the region Stripe or Waffo identifies for your team. You may be billed in USD, EUR, GBP, or another supported currency. * **The total on the Plan & Billing page is “current run rate.”** A mid-cycle invoice that includes proration won’t equal that number exactly. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Business plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/) * [Cancel subscription](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/) * [Refund policy](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/) Last updated: August 7, 2026 # Cancel subscription > Cancel Plus from the App, or Business from Teamspace. What happens after cancel. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You no longer need the paid features, or you’re consolidating onto a different team. Cancellation stops the next renewal. You keep using paid features until the end of the current billing period. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member (for Plus); Team Owner (for Business) * Surface App and Web * Plan Plus · Business ## Where to cancel depends on the plan [Section titled “Where to cancel depends on the plan”](#where-to-cancel-depends-on-the-plan) | Plan | Cancel from | Why | | ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **Plus** *(formerly Pro)* | The **App Store** (iOS) or **Google Play** (Android) subscriptions screen | Plus is billed through the app store, not Stripe | | **Business / Enterprise** | Teamspace on the Web: **Settings → Plan & Billing → Manage Subscription** | Stripe-billed team subscriptions (for **Pay 1 year** see the note below) | ## Cancel Plus (App) [Section titled “Cancel Plus (App)”](#cancel-plus-app) ### iOS [Section titled “iOS”](#ios) 1. Open **Settings** on your iPhone. 2. Tap your name at the top → **Subscriptions** (or **Media & Purchases → Subscriptions**). 3. Tap **Timemark** (or **Timemark Pro**). 4. Tap **Cancel Subscription**. 5. Confirm. ### Android [Section titled “Android”](#android) 1. Open the **Google Play Store** app. 2. Tap your profile icon → **Payments & subscriptions → Subscriptions**. 3. Tap **Timemark**. 4. Tap **Cancel subscription**. 5. Confirm. > The in-App path **menu (top-left) → Settings → Manage subscription** also opens your store’s subscription page on most builds. ## Cancel Business (Teamspace on the Web) [Section titled “Cancel Business (Teamspace on the Web)”](#cancel-business-teamspace-on-the-web) 1. Go to [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/) and sign in as the Team Owner. 2. Go to **Settings → Plan & Billing**. 3. Click **Manage Subscription**. 4. In the Stripe-hosted page that opens, click **Cancel subscription** (or **Cancel plan**). 5. Confirm. You stay on Business until the end of your paid period. After that the team drops to Free. > **Bought Pay 1 year?** That product (offered in ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH, billed by **Waffo**) is a one-time purchase, not a subscription: it does not auto-renew and there is no **Manage Subscription** button. There’s nothing to cancel. The plan simply ends on its expiry date unless you click **Renew**. For refunds, see [Refund policy](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/). ## What happens after cancellation [Section titled “What happens after cancellation”](#what-happens-after-cancellation) | | Plus | Business | | --------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Paid features stop on | End of current billing period | End of current billing period | | Photos are kept | Yes (local + your linked clouds) | Yes (in Teamspace, but new uploads stop once 100-photo Free cap is hit) | | Team membership | N/A | Stays. The team isn’t deleted, it just reverts to Free’s limits | | Re-subscribe | Re-buy in the App | Click **Upgrade** in **Settings → Plan & Billing** | For Business teams, anything **over the Free plan’s 100-photo / 3-project caps** becomes read-only. You can still view, export, and delete. You can’t add new photos until you upgrade again or prune below the cap. ### What changes in the App when Plus ends [Section titled “What changes in the App when Plus ends”](#what-changes-in-the-app-when-plus-ends) * **Seconds** in the watermark time turn off, and the time shows hours and minutes again. * **Weather** on the watermark turns off. * **Watermark size and text color**: you see a one-time prompt. Tap **Not now** and both go back to the default. * **Saved addresses** stay, and you can still use them. If you have more than 3, you can’t save new ones. * **Watermark text history** goes back to the Free limits for pins, older entries, and search. * **Photo markup text** goes back to the Free daily allowance. * **Custom save folder** (Android): new photos save to the default folder again. * **Editing or removing the watermark after capture** asks for Plus again, and ads come back. ## Requesting a refund [Section titled “Requesting a refund”](#requesting-a-refund) * **Plus / Pro**: refunds follow the App Store or Google Play. On Android, use the [Google Play refund request](https://support.google.com/googleplay/workflow/9813244). On iOS, use the [Apple refund request](https://support.apple.com/118223). If the store denies it, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com). * **Business / Enterprise**: contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com) with your team and invoice ID. See [Refund policy](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/) for what’s typically covered. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Canceling Plus on iOS only cancels iOS billing.** If you bought through Android too, cancel there separately. * **Canceling Business doesn’t delete the team.** Members keep their accounts and the team’s existing photos are still visible (within the Free cap). To actually shut the team down, contact support. * **“Manage Subscription” on Teamspace opens a Stripe page.** That’s normal. The cancel button there is the real one. If you don’t see the button at all, your team likely bought **Pay 1 year**, which has no subscription to cancel. * **Yearly Business cancellation doesn’t refund the rest of the year.** It stops auto-renewal at year-end. You keep paid access until then. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Refund policy](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) * [Plus plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Enterprise plan availability > What's included in Enterprise, current availability, and how to contact us. ## Current status [Section titled “Current status”](#current-status) Enterprise is handled through a sales-led rollout today. It is not available as self-serve checkout in Teamspace. Specific Enterprise features are available for design-partner teams. If your organization requires Enterprise security or billing controls, contact us for current availability. ## What Enterprise is meant to add over Business [Section titled “What Enterprise is meant to add over Business”](#what-enterprise-is-meant-to-add-over-business) | Feature | Enterprise | Business | | --------------------------------------- | ------------ | -------- | | SAML SSO | Yes | No | | Data residency | Yes | No | | Restricted support access | Yes | No | | Audit logs and security review | Yes | No | | Pay for multiple teams from one account | Yes | No | | Organization-level billing | Yes | No | | Higher photo cap (beyond 300,000) | Yes (“More”) | No | | All integrations | Yes | Yes | | Centralized team billing | Yes | Yes | This list reflects the pricing page and Teamspace **Compare Plans**. The final commercial Enterprise package may include more. ## When you’d consider Enterprise [Section titled “When you’d consider Enterprise”](#when-youd-consider-enterprise) * Your company has **multiple Teamspaces** and consolidating invoicing matters. * You need **SSO** through your identity provider (Okta, Azure AD, Google Workspace, etc.). * You need **data residency** or stricter controls for Teamspace data. * You’re at a photo volume where **300,000 photos** isn’t enough. * Procurement requires security review, DPAs, or named-account support before a rollout. ## How to express interest [Section titled “How to express interest”](#how-to-express-interest) 1. Visit the **Contact Us** form on [timemark.com/contact-us](https://www.timemark.com/contact-us). 2. Mention you’re interested in the **Enterprise plan** and outline: * Number of teams / users * Required integrations (SSO provider, SharePoint tenant, etc.) * Approximate photo volume per month * Required data region, if any Or email with the same information. ## What to do while you wait [Section titled “What to do while you wait”](#what-to-do-while-you-wait) If your team is on Business, you keep getting Business features such as higher photo limits, centralized team billing, integrations, custom roles, and role-based access. **SSO**, **data residency**, **restricted support access**, and **multi-team billing** are Enterprise capabilities. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **There is no self-serve Enterprise checkout.** Don’t expect a plan toggle in **Settings → Plan & Billing** today. * **Enterprise pricing is quote-based.** Contact us for current availability and pricing. * **“SAML SSO” isn’t on by default for design-partner teams.** Even early access requires explicit setup. We exchange metadata with your identity provider. * **Data residency applies to in-scope Teamspace data.** Billing, support records, security logs, and user-directed integrations may be handled outside the selected region. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) * [Pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing) * [Contact form](https://www.timemark.com/contact-us) Last updated: July 1, 2026 # Plans comparison > What each plan is for, who it's aimed at, and where the boundaries are. Live prices are on the pricing page. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re deciding which plan fits the way you actually use Timemark, whether that’s personal, a small crew, a large team, or an enterprise, and you want the differences laid out without the marketing. > **Pricing is on the [pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing), and it’s set by region and local purchasing power.** This doc focuses on *what each plan is for and what’s in it*. > > The pricing page shows **US prices** as the reference. Your actual per-seat amount depends on your country and currency (Stripe sets it for Business and Enterprise, or Waffo for Pay 1 year purchases in ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH; App Store or Google Play set it for Plus). Non-US teams will typically see a different number, sometimes lower, at checkout. The authoritative number is what you see at checkout and afterward on **Settings → Plan & Billing**. ## Individual plans vs team plans [Section titled “Individual plans vs team plans”](#individual-plans-vs-team-plans) Timemark has two separate plan tracks, and they stack: * **On the App, for one person: Free or Plus.** Plus is an in-App subscription that upgrades your own capture experience, such as hiding the Timemark logo, personal cloud backup, and saving the original photo. * **In a Teamspace, for the whole team: Free or Business.** A Teamspace runs on only these two tiers. Business is purchased in Teamspace and raises team-wide limits for every member. The two tracks are independent. Buying personal Plus does not change which plan your Teamspace is on, and a Plus member of a Free Teamspace still works under that team’s Free limits. Inside a Teamspace, Plus gives a member no extra team capability beyond Free; it only changes what that person does with their own photos on the App. To raise team limits, the team upgrades to Business. ## The four plans at a glance [Section titled “The four plans at a glance”](#the-four-plans-at-a-glance) | Plan | Who it’s for | Where you buy it | What unlocks | | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Free** | Anyone trying Timemark | No purchase | Capture with watermark; 100 photos in Teamspace; 3 projects; Timemark brand watermark visible | | **Plus** *(formerly Pro)* | Individuals on the App | In-App Purchase (App Store / Play) | Hide Timemark logo; edit or remove the watermark after capture; personal cloud backup; choose and save locations; seconds in the time; export reports; save original photo; no ads | | **Business** | Teams with a Teamspace | In Teamspace on the Web | Everything in Plus for each member, plus 300,000 Teamspace photos; unlimited projects; centralized seat-based team billing; SharePoint / Google Drive *team* integration; Webhook | | **Enterprise** | Multi-team orgs that need stricter security or SSO | Sales / Contact | Data residency; SAML SSO; restricted support access; pay-for-multiple-teams; higher photo limits; bespoke onboarding | > **Plus vs Pro naming**: The plan once called **Pro** is now **Plus**. The App Store still lists some legacy IAPs under the **Pro** name. Those are the same product. New docs use **Plus** as the canonical name. ## Feature dimensions [Section titled “Feature dimensions”](#feature-dimensions) These are the dimensions where plans differ: | Dimension | Free | Plus | Business | Enterprise | | --------------------------------------------------- | ------------- | ---- | --------- | ----------------- | | Teamspace photo limit | 100 | 100 | 300,000 | More (contact us) | | Teamspace projects | 3 | 3 | Unlimited | Unlimited | | Custom team templates | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Share templates | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Hide Timemark logo | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Edit or remove watermark after capture | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Show seconds in the time | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Change watermark size & text color | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Save original (un-watermarked) photo | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Auto-back-up to personal OneDrive / Google Drive | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Export PDF / Excel / ZIP / KMZ | Yes (limited) | Yes | Yes | Yes | | No ads | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Advanced AI tools | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Photo collage | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Unlimited address switching & bookmarks | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Watermark text history: pins, older entries, search | Yes (limited) | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Choose the photo save folder (Android) | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Webhook | No | No | Yes | Yes | | SharePoint / Google Drive *Teamspace* integration | No | No | Yes | Yes | | Centralized team billing | No | No | Yes | Yes | | Data residency | No | No | No | Yes | | Restricted support access | No | No | No | Yes | | SAML SSO | No | No | No | Yes | | Pay for multiple teams from one account | No | No | No | Yes | ## How to choose [Section titled “How to choose”](#how-to-choose) * **You’re alone with a phone**: try Free, then upgrade to Plus when the Timemark logo or the lack of cloud backup starts to bother you. * **You run a crew that needs one place for photos**: Business. The 100 to 300k photo lift and unlimited projects are the practical reason most teams move off Free. * **Multiple teams in a parent company, data residency, stricter security controls, or SSO**: Enterprise. Contact us for current availability. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **A Teamspace has only two plans: Free or Business.** A member’s personal Plus subscription does not change which plan the Teamspace is on. Inside a team, a Plus member has the same team limits as a Free member; only upgrading the team to Business lifts them. * **Plus does not give a team.** It’s an App-level subscription. Buying Plus does not turn your account into a Team Owner. * **The App Store still uses “Pro” for some product IDs.** That’s the legacy of the renaming. If you bought “Timemark Pro” via the App Store, you have what’s now called Plus. * **Free’s photo and project limits apply to Teamspace, not the App.** You can take unlimited photos in the App with Free. The cap is on photos *uploaded into a team’s shared workspace*. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Upgrade to Plus](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) * [Upgrade to Business](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) * [Enterprise plan status](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/) * [Pricing page (live numbers)](https://www.timemark.com/pricing) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Refund policy > When refunds are available, what's typically covered, and who to ask. ## Where to ask for a refund [Section titled “Where to ask for a refund”](#where-to-ask-for-a-refund) | You paid for | Refund goes through | | --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | | **Plus** *(formerly Pro)* via iOS | Apple App Store (use Apple’s standard refund request) | | **Plus** via Android | Google Play (use Google’s refund flow) | | **Business** via Stripe | Timemark support, processed via Stripe | | **Business** via Waffo | Timemark support, processed via Waffo | The processor that took the money is the processor that has to return it. We can’t refund Apple money from Stripe, or vice versa. ## What we refund [Section titled “What we refund”](#what-we-refund) If we identify or confirm one of these problems, we refund or credit the affected amount: * Duplicate charge * Billing error * Charge for a purchase that was not delivered If the purchase went through Apple, Google, Stripe, or Waffo, the refund may need to be processed by that billing provider or Merchant of Record. ## Plus refunds (App Store / Google Play) [Section titled “Plus refunds (App Store / Google Play)”](#plus-refunds-app-store--google-play) These follow Apple’s or Google’s policy, not ours. ### iOS [Section titled “iOS”](#ios) 1. Go to [Apple’s refund request page](https://support.apple.com/118223) and sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Find the Timemark purchase. 3. Pick **Request a refund** and select a reason. 4. Apple reviews and decides, often within a few days. ### Android [Section titled “Android”](#android) 1. Open [Google Play’s refund request](https://support.google.com/googleplay/workflow/9813244), or go to **Play Store → profile → Payments & subscriptions → Budget & order history**. 2. Tap the Timemark transaction → **Request a refund**. 3. Google reviews and decides. If the store denies a refund and you believe there’s been a duplicate charge, billing error, or delivery problem, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com) with your transaction ID. ## Business refunds [Section titled “Business refunds”](#business-refunds) Email with: * The Team Owner email * Invoice number(s) you’re asking about * A short description of why you’re requesting the refund Common scenarios: | Scenario | Typical handling | | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | | Duplicate charge or billing error | Refund or credit the affected amount | | Purchase was charged but Business was not delivered | Refund or credit the affected amount if we cannot fix delivery | | Subscribed to the wrong plan (e.g., Plus instead of Business) | Reviewed individually; we help you move to the right plan | | Monthly: removed a member mid-cycle | Already prorated; no separate refund needed | | Yearly: removed a member mid-year | Seat stays prepaid; you can reassign; no refund | | Service outage or critical bug | Reviewed individually; please include evidence | | Cancelled and forgot to use it | Not usually refunded | ## What we generally don’t refund [Section titled “What we generally don’t refund”](#what-we-generally-dont-refund) * **Used time**: if your team actively used Business for the period in question, refunds for that period are unlikely. * **Current billing period after cancellation**: canceling stops future renewal, but does not refund the current period. * **Yearly Business seat reductions**: no refund. Reassign the seat. * **Failed integrations or third-party issues** (e.g., your SharePoint admin revoked access): we’ll help debug, but the subscription period is still billable. ## Response time [Section titled “Response time”](#response-time) We aim to reply to refund requests within **2 business days**. Resolution may take longer if Stripe or the bank has to be involved. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Don’t request a chargeback from your bank as a first step.** Chargebacks lock the account during dispute and slow things down. Email support first. * **Apple/Google refunds can take a week or more** to appear on your card statement. That’s their timeline, not ours. * **A refund of the current period doesn’t extend your team’s access.** If we refund the current period, expect access to revert to Free at the period’s start. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Cancel subscription](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) Last updated: July 1, 2026 # Business plan > Upgrade your Teamspace from Free to Business on the Web. Unlocks 300k photos, unlimited projects, and team integrations. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your team is hitting the Free plan limits, such as 100 photos in Teamspace or 3 projects, or you need team features that Free doesn’t have: SharePoint or Google Drive team integration, Webhooks, and centralized billing. Business includes every Plus benefit for each member, plus the team-level features and centralized billing below. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface App and Web * Affects Upgrades your team to Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Sign in to [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/) as the Team Owner. 2. Go to **Settings → Plan & Billing** in the left sidebar. 3. Click **Upgrade** (or **Manage Subscription** if your team has a previous subscription history). 4. Pick a billing cadence. **Monthly** is seat-priced and prorated for mid-cycle changes. **Yearly** prepays seats for the year at a per-seat discount. 5. Confirm the seat count (it defaults to your current member count). 6. The checkout opens. Enter your card and billing details. In ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH you may see the Waffo **Pay 1 year** checkout instead of Stripe (see Common pitfalls). 7. Submit. The team flips to Business immediately on payment success. You’ll see the Business badge in **Settings → Plan & Billing** and your photo cap jumps to 300,000. You can also upgrade from the **App**: open **Teamspace** in the App and tap **Upgrade** at the bottom of the Teamspace home. It opens the same checkout. ## What unlocks immediately [Section titled “What unlocks immediately”](#what-unlocks-immediately) | Feature | Effect | | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | All Plus benefits | Every member also gets the individual Plus features: cloud backup, hide Timemark logo, save original, no ads, and more | | Photo cap | 100 → **300,000** | | Projects | 3 → **Unlimited** | | Centralized team billing | One card pays for every member’s seat | | SharePoint / Google Drive **team** integration | Mirror project photos into your org’s cloud | | Webhook | Trigger custom workflows when photos are uploaded | ## Pricing [Section titled “Pricing”](#pricing) Current prices are on the [pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing). Pricing is **per seat** and set by **region and local purchasing power**, so the amount your team is charged depends on the country / currency identified at checkout (by Stripe, or by Waffo for Pay 1 year). Non-US teams typically see a different number from the US reference on the marketing page. The authoritative figure is whatever checkout shows you, and afterward whatever **Settings → Plan & Billing** displays. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Every existing member becomes a billable seat at upgrade.** If your team has people who shouldn’t be billed, remove them before upgrading. See [Remove a team member](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/). * **The Owner’s payment method covers everyone.** Members never see a payment prompt. * **Yearly is prepaid.** Removing members during the year doesn’t refund seats, but you can reassign instead. See [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/). * **In ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH, checkout may offer Pay 1 year instead.** It’s a one-time yearly purchase billed by **Waffo**, not a Stripe subscription: it does not auto-renew, and **Plan & Billing** shows **Renew** and an expiry date instead of **Manage Subscription**. See [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/). * **Business is billed per Teamspace.** Paying for one team does not upgrade another team you own or belong to. Each Teamspace subscribes separately, so one team can be on Business while another is still Free. * **Upgrading does not transfer existing personal Plus / Pro subscriptions** into the team. Each is separate. If the Owner has Plus and now joins Business, both are billed unless they cancel Plus through the App Store. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) * [Cancel your subscription](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/) * [Team integrations](/en/integrations/team/) Last updated: August 7, 2026 # Plus plan > Upgrade the Timemark App from Free to Plus (formerly Pro) through your phone's app store. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You use the Timemark App for personal work and want more than the Free plan gives you, such as removing the Timemark logo, backing photos up to your own cloud, or saving the original alongside the stamped photo. Plus is the **individual** subscription. If you instead need a shared workspace for a team, you want [Upgrade to Business](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/). ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App * Affects Upgrades your account to Plus ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Open the **Timemark App** on your phone. 2. Tap the **menu button** in the upper-left corner. 3. Tap **Upgrade to Plus** (older builds may label this **Upgrade to Pro**). 4. Pick the billing option shown. Which options appear (monthly, yearly subscription, or 1 year purchase) depends on your region and store. Where a yearly option is offered, it carries the **7-day free trial**. 5. Tap the subscribe button. Your phone’s payment sheet appears. 6. Confirm with Face ID, Touch ID, or your store password. Plus features unlock immediately. If they don’t, force-quit and reopen the App. ## What you get [Section titled “What you get”](#what-you-get) | Benefit | What it does | | ---------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Personal cloud backup | Auto-backs up your captures to your own Google Drive or OneDrive | | Edit or remove watermarks | After capture, edit the watermark fields or hide the Photo Template | | Choose and save locations | Pick a location and bookmark the ones you visit often | | Full watermark text history | Pin any number of past entries, open older ones, and search them without a daily limit | | Choose the photo save folder | Save photos to a folder you pick, including an SD card (Android only) | | Hide Timemark logo | Removes the Timemark logo from the corner of every photo | | Show seconds in the time | Adds seconds to the captured timestamp | | Change watermark size & text color | Resize the watermark and change its text color | | Export reports | Export your photos as PDF and other report formats | | Save original photo | Keeps the un-watermarked original alongside each stamped photo | | No ads | Removes ads from the App | Plus does not include Teamspace usage. For a team account or bulk purchase, choose [Business](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/). ## Restore a previous purchase [Section titled “Restore a previous purchase”](#restore-a-previous-purchase) If you already bought Plus but it isn’t showing after reinstalling or switching devices: 1. Open the Timemark App. 2. Tap the **menu button** in the top-left corner. 3. Tap **Timemark Plans**. 4. Tap **Restore Purchases**. ## Pricing [Section titled “Pricing”](#pricing) Current prices are on the [pricing page](https://www.timemark.com/pricing). Plus is sold through the App Store / Google Play, and pricing is set by **region and local purchasing power**. Which options appear (monthly, yearly subscription, or 1 year purchase) and the exact amount depend on your **store-account country and currency**, so the figure shown at checkout is the one that applies to you, not necessarily the US number on the marketing page. On **Android**, Timemark also offers a **1 year** purchase: you pay once for 12 months of Plus and it **does not auto-renew**. This option isn’t available on iOS, where Plus is always an auto-renewing subscription. The App Store still surfaces some legacy product names with the **Pro** label (e.g., “Timemark Pro Yearly”). These are the same subscription as Plus. The new name is **Plus**, but some older in-app purchase IDs still say **Pro**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Plus is billed by the App Store or Google Play, not by Timemark.** To cancel or refund, go to your store account, not Teamspace. * **A Plus subscription is tied to the store account, not the email.** If you switch from iOS to Android, you’ll need to repurchase or contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com). * **Plus does not give a Teamspace.** Buying Plus does not create a team or enable team admin features. * **Plus removes the Timemark logo but keeps your own watermark.** Your timestamp, GPS, notes, and other watermark fields still appear. Plus only removes the small “Timemark” tag in the corner. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) * [Cancel subscription](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/) * [Upgrade to Business](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Privacy & legal > Terms, privacy, data ownership, retention, team terms, data processing, and third-party services. [Terms of service The terms that govern your use of Timemark and Teamspace. ](/en/policy/terms-of-service/)[Privacy policy What we collect, how it's used, your rights. ](/en/policy/privacy-policy/)[Who owns your photos Who controls your photos solo vs in a team, and how to export everything. ](/en/policy/data-ownership/)[How long we keep your data How long photos and metadata are kept; what deletion does. ](/en/policy/data-retention/)[Business and Teamspace terms Commercial terms for teams using Teamspace, Business, exports, and integrations. ](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/)[Data processing addendum (DPA) for teams How Timemark processes team data, for business customers' legal teams. ](/en/policy/data-processing/)[Third-party services SDKs, payment providers, sign-in providers, linked storage, and other services Timemark uses. ](/en/policy/third-party-services/) # Business and Teamspace terms > Commercial terms for teams using Teamspace, Business, exports, and integrations. These terms supplement the [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/) for teams, organizations, and Team Owners using Teamspace or Business. If these Business and Teamspace terms conflict with the Terms of service, these Business and Teamspace terms control only for Teamspace, Business, team billing, seats, team administration, and team-controlled data. For Customer Data processing, the [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) controls over these Business and Teamspace terms and the Terms of service. Help-center articles, product pages, and pricing pages explain how Timemark works, but they do not change these legal terms unless they expressly say so. ## Team authority [Section titled “Team authority”](#team-authority) If you create, buy, or administer a Teamspace for an organization, you confirm that you are allowed to act for that organization. The Team Owner and authorized admins can invite members, assign roles, manage projects, export data, configure share links, connect integrations, and delete team data. The organization is responsible for its Teamspace activity, including what members capture, upload, export, sync, or share. ## Team data and member notice [Section titled “Team data and member notice”](#team-data-and-member-notice) The team controls the photos, project docs, Checklist records, location data, Attendance records, member details, and exports collected in that Teamspace. Timemark does not own team data. The Team Owner or organization is responsible for telling members and other affected people how the team uses Timemark, especially where photos, precise location, the Clock attendance feature, or employee monitoring laws may apply. The organization is also responsible for complying with local workplace, monitoring, evidence, procurement, and industry-specific rules that apply to its use of Timemark. Timemark does not monitor, review, or classify team content to determine the team’s industry, project type, or use case, except where needed to provide the service, protect Timemark, enforce the Terms of service, or comply with law. ## Commercial use of team outputs [Section titled “Commercial use of team outputs”](#commercial-use-of-team-outputs) The team may use photos, videos, exports, reports, Photo Codes, verification results, project docs, Checklist records, and other materials created with Timemark for its internal business operations and lawful commercial purposes, subject to the plan, the Terms of service, this page, applicable law, and the team’s rights to the people, places, property, and information shown in the content. This includes sharing those materials with customers, contractors, insurers, auditors, regulators, courts, business partners, or other recipients where the team has a lawful reason to do so. Business is the plan for shared team management. You do not need Business only because Timemark photos, reports, exports, Photo Codes, or verification results are used for work; standalone and personal-plan users may also use lawful Timemark outputs for business purposes under the [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/). ## Business plans and seats [Section titled “Business plans and seats”](#business-plans-and-seats) Business is a team subscription. It upgrades a Teamspace, not just one individual user. * Business is billed per seat. * Adding or removing members may change the bill according to the billing cycle and payment provider. * A personal Plus subscription does not upgrade a Teamspace. * Each Teamspace is billed separately. * Direct Business purchases use Stripe Managed Payments where Stripe checkout is available. Stripe acts as Merchant of Record. * In ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH, Timemark may provide a Waffo one-time purchase product named **Pay 1 year** for localized payment methods. Waffo acts as Merchant of Record for those purchases. * Business does not include Enterprise security controls such as data residency, SSO, restricted support access, or service-level commitments. ## Cancellation and downgrade [Section titled “Cancellation and downgrade”](#cancellation-and-downgrade) Canceling Business stops renewal; it does not delete the team or its existing data. The team keeps Business features until the end of the paid period. After that, the Teamspace returns to Free limits. Existing projects, photos, project docs, Checklist records, templates, members, and settings stay in the team, but Free limits apply. Content above Free limits may become restricted, blurred, or read-only, and new uploads may stop until the team upgrades again, exports or deletes data, or reduces usage below Free limits. Business team photos have no preset expiry while the team exists. Team photos in a Free Teamspace are stored for 12 months by default. Timemark emails the Team Owner 1 month before automatic deletion. Deleting the team deletes the team’s photos. ## Exports, links, and integrations [Section titled “Exports, links, and integrations”](#exports-links-and-integrations) Team Owners and authorized members can export or share team data through ZIP, PDF, Excel, KMZ, share links, Team Sync, or webhooks. The team is responsible for who receives those exports and links. When data is sent to Google Drive, OneDrive, SharePoint, a webhook endpoint, a downloaded export, or a share link recipient, that copy is outside Timemark’s control. Deleting data in Timemark does not delete copies that were already downloaded, synced, or sent. ## Authenticity and misuse [Section titled “Authenticity and misuse”](#authenticity-and-misuse) Timemark provides photo verification through Photo Codes. A team photo with a valid Photo Code can be verified in the App or at [verify.timemark.com](https://verify.timemark.com/). If the Photo Code is turned off, missing, hidden, or invalid, Timemark may be unable to verify that photo. A verification result helps recipients check whether the Photo Code was generated by Timemark and whether the photo matches the recorded capture data. Teams and members must not bypass, spoof, tamper with, sell, advertise, or help others defeat Timemark’s watermark, Photo Code, timestamp, location, verification, anti-fraud, subscription, or access-control systems. Teams and members also must not use image editors, metadata tools, modified apps, or similar methods to make altered content appear to be a genuine Timemark capture. If a team hides address, coordinate, map, timestamp, or other fields from a visible watermark, the team must not make claims that contradict the captured data or the information actually shown. Recipients should use the Photo Code or verification result, if available, and compare it with the image and surrounding evidence. If Timemark reasonably believes a Teamspace, member, device, photo, Photo Code, report, integration, or export is being used to bypass authenticity controls, mislead recipients, or support fraud, Timemark may investigate, suspend access, disable or limit verification, mark a result as unable to verify, preserve relevant logs, notify the Team Owner, or report unlawful activity where appropriate. ## Security and data processing [Section titled “Security and data processing”](#security-and-data-processing) For team data, Timemark acts as a processor for the team under the [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/). Our [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) applies to data where Timemark acts as controller, such as account, billing, support, and service operation data. Third-party services used to run Timemark, process payments, provide sign-in, store data, diagnose crashes, measure attribution, or connect to customer destinations are listed in [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). ## Suspension and termination [Section titled “Suspension and termination”](#suspension-and-termination) We may suspend or restrict a Teamspace if payment fails, the team violates the Terms of service, a user attempts to bypass or tamper with authenticity controls, or continued access would create security, legal, fraud, or service risk. Where practical, we will notify the Team Owner and give the team a chance to fix the issue. Before deleting a team or closing an account, export anything you need to keep. Deletion may be permanent, and downloaded or synced copies are not removed automatically. ## Support and Enterprise [Section titled “Support and Enterprise”](#support-and-enterprise) Business includes the support and limits shown in the product and billing pages. Enterprise may include stricter security options, such as data residency, SSO, audit logs, restricted support access, security review, or service-level commitments, where Timemark makes those options available. Teamspace data is hosted in the United States by default. Data residency is an Enterprise option and applies only to the in-scope data Timemark designates for that option. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) * [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/) # Who owns your photos > Who owns and controls your photos when you use Timemark alone versus in a team, and how to export everything. Who owns and controls your photos depends on whether you use Timemark on your own or as part of a team. This page explains both, in plain terms. For the legal detail, see the [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) and [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/). ## On your own [Section titled “On your own”](#on-your-own) When you use Timemark without a team, your photos are yours. * Photos you capture locally without uploading them to Timemark stay on your device. Timemark does not receive them. * If you turn on Cloud Backup (Plus), your photos back up to your own Google Drive or OneDrive account. Only you can see them. * You can delete them at any time. Export anything you want to keep before deleting it. ## In a team [Section titled “In a team”](#in-a-team) When you capture photos for a Teamspace, the team controls those photos within Teamspace and may have rights to use them under its relationship with you. Timemark does not own them. Ownership and usage rights between you and your organization depend on your employment, contract, and local law. The same Teamspace control applies to team project docs, Checklist records, Attendance records, and team exports. * The Team Owner decides who can view, download, move, and delete photos, through roles and permissions. * A photo you take for a team stays in the team even if you later leave. Leaving a team only stops your future captures from going to it. * By default, members can view and download all team photos, but can only delete or move their own. The Team Owner can change this. This split matters most with location and attendance. If your team uses the Clock attendance feature or location tracking, your employer controls those records and is responsible for telling you about the tracking. Timemark does not review team photos to determine what kind of work, site, industry, or project they show. The team is responsible for deciding whether its use of Timemark is appropriate and lawful. ## How to export everything [Section titled “How to export everything”](#how-to-export-everything) You can get your data out of Timemark at any time. | Format | Best for | | ----------- | -------------------------------------------- | | ZIP archive | All photo files (up to 1,000 per export) | | PDF report | A structured report with photos and metadata | | Excel | A spreadsheet of photo metadata | | KMZ | Viewing photo locations in Google Earth | | Share link | Giving someone read-only access by URL | Team exports are made from Teamspace. Personal photos can be exported or saved from the App. Anyone with an active share link can view the shared content. Use share links only for recipients who should have access to that copy. ## Using exports commercially [Section titled “Using exports commercially”](#using-exports-commercially) You or your team may use photos, exports, reports, Photo Codes, verification results, and other materials created with Timemark for internal business operations and lawful commercial purposes. That includes sharing them with customers, contractors, insurers, auditors, regulators, courts, or business partners where you have the rights and lawful basis to do so. You do not need Business only because you use Timemark outputs for work. Business adds shared Teamspace management, centralized billing, higher limits, integrations, and admin controls. This does not let you resell, host, white-label, or provide the Timemark service itself to others. ## If a Business subscription ends [Section titled “If a Business subscription ends”](#if-a-business-subscription-ends) Canceling Business does not delete the team or its existing data immediately. At the end of the paid period, the Teamspace returns to Free limits. Existing projects, photos, project docs, Checklist records, templates, and member records stay in the team, but content above Free limits may become restricted, blurred, or read-only until the team upgrades again, exports or deletes data, or reduces usage below Free limits. Business team photos have no preset expiry while the team exists. Team photos in a Free Teamspace are stored for 12 months by default, and Timemark emails the Team Owner 1 month before automatic deletion. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Deleting a photo from your device does not delete the copy already in a team or synced to a cloud folder. Those are separate copies. * Deleting a photo from a team does not delete copies that already synced to Google Drive or SharePoint, or copies on a member’s device. * Canceling Business is not the same as deleting a team. The team downgrades; existing team data is not deleted immediately only because billing stopped, but Free Teamspace team photos are subject to 12-month default retention. * If the Team Owner wants to delete their account, they should transfer ownership before deletion. Team data stays with the Teamspace, and a Business subscription belongs to the Teamspace, not the individual account. Deleting the account does not cancel the subscription; cancel Business separately from **Settings → Plan & Billing**. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) * [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) # Data processing addendum (DPA) for teams > How Timemark processes data on behalf of teams. Our data processing addendum (DPA) for business customers. **In short:** When your team uses Timemark, your team controls the photos and member data it collects, and Timemark only processes that data to run the service for you. This page is the legal **Data Processing Addendum (DPA)** for business customers. It is written for your legal, security, and procurement teams. Everyday users do not need to read it. For a plain explanation, see [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/). This Data Processing Addendum is incorporated by reference into the agreement between Timemark and the customer (the “Customer”) that uses a Timemark team or Teamspace. It applies only to personal data that Timemark processes on the Customer’s behalf as Customer Data. ## Definitions [Section titled “Definitions”](#definitions) * **Controller, Processor, Data Subject, Personal Data, Processing** have the meanings given in the GDPR. * **Timemark** means OCEAN GALAXY PTE. LTD. (UEN: 202305760Z). * **Customer Data** means the photos, visible watermark content, project docs, Checklist records, project addresses, Attendance records, member details, and other personal data that the Customer or its members put into a Timemark team. * **Customer Representatives** means Team Owners, Team Admins, or other authorized users who configure, manage, or instruct Timemark on behalf of the Customer. * **Sub-processor** means a third party engaged by Timemark to process Customer Data. ## Roles of the parties [Section titled “Roles of the parties”](#roles-of-the-parties) The Customer is the Controller of Customer Data. Timemark is the Processor. Where the Customer is itself acting as a processor for another controller, Timemark is a sub-processor. For data where Timemark is the controller, such as account and billing data, the [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) applies instead. ## Scope of processing [Section titled “Scope of processing”](#scope-of-processing) | Item | Detail | | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Subject matter | Provision of the Timemark team and Teamspace service | | Duration | For the term of the agreement, plus any retention period | | Nature and purpose | Collecting, storing, organizing, syncing, and exporting work photos and related data | | Types of personal data | Photos, visible watermark content, project docs, Checklist records, project addresses, Attendance records, team feature records, member name, contact details, profile picture, device model | | Categories of data subjects | The Customer’s members, and individuals who appear in or are referenced by photos | ## Timemark’s obligations [Section titled “Timemark’s obligations”](#timemarks-obligations) Timemark will: * Process Customer Data only on the Customer’s documented instructions, including the agreement and this DPA. * Ensure people authorized to process Customer Data are bound by confidentiality. * Implement appropriate technical and organizational security measures, as described in the security and third-party service information we make available. * Assist the Customer in responding to data subject requests, taking into account the nature of the processing. * Assist the Customer with security, breach notification, and data protection impact assessments. * Delete Customer Data at the end of the agreement or applicable Teamspace retention period, except where law requires retention. The Customer is responsible for exporting data through Timemark’s export tools before deletion. ## Customer instructions [Section titled “Customer instructions”](#customer-instructions) The Customer’s documented instructions include this DPA, the agreement, Teamspace settings, Team Owner or Team Admin configurations, support requests, product actions, integration settings, and other written or in-product instructions from Customer Representatives. The Customer is responsible for ensuring those instructions are lawful, including instructions related to employee monitoring, location tracking, the Clock attendance feature, exports, share links, webhooks, and third-party sync destinations. Integration settings that send Customer Data to a webhook endpoint, SharePoint, Google Drive, or another Customer-configured destination are documented instructions from the Customer. Timemark does not monitor, review, or classify Customer Data to determine the Customer’s industry, project type, or use case, except where needed to provide the service, secure Timemark, enforce the agreement, or comply with law. ## Sub-processors [Section titled “Sub-processors”](#sub-processors) The Customer authorizes Timemark to engage Sub-processors to provide the team service. A current list of services is available in [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). Sub-processors that may process Customer Data include hosting and infrastructure providers such as AWS and Alibaba Cloud in Singapore, storage, geocoding, weather, diagnostics, support, and connected sync or webhook infrastructure where needed for the features the Customer uses. Payment, account, analytics, and advertising services may process Timemark controller data as described in the [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/), but they are not authorized to receive Customer Data for advertising. Timemark will impose data protection obligations on each Sub-processor that are no less protective than this DPA, and remains responsible for their performance. The Customer gives Timemark general authorization to use Sub-processors. Timemark will maintain a current Sub-processor list in [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/) and will notify the Team Owner by email of material additions or replacements that process Customer Data. The Customer may object within 30 days on reasonable data protection grounds. If the parties cannot resolve the objection, Timemark may disable the affected feature or the Customer may stop using the affected service. ## International transfers and data residency [Section titled “International transfers and data residency”](#international-transfers-and-data-residency) Customer Data in Teamspace is hosted in the United States by default. If Timemark makes data residency available for an Enterprise Customer, Timemark will host in-scope Customer Data at rest in the selected data region. Data residency applies only to the Customer Data and systems Timemark designates for that Enterprise data residency option. Operational data such as billing, support records, security logs, abuse-prevention records, email delivery, and user-directed third-party destinations may be processed outside the selected region. When the Customer uses an Integration to send Customer Data to a webhook endpoint, SharePoint, Google Drive, or another destination it configures, that transfer is the Customer’s instruction to Timemark. The Customer is responsible for choosing the destination, confirming that the destination country and provider meet its data protection requirements, and satisfying any data export or transfer obligations that apply to the Customer. Timemark will transmit the data as instructed. After the destination receives it, Timemark does not control that destination’s processing. Where Customer Data is transferred out of the EEA or UK, Timemark relies on approved transfer mechanisms, such as the Standard Contractual Clauses. ## Data subject requests [Section titled “Data subject requests”](#data-subject-requests) If Timemark receives a request from a data subject relating to Customer Data, it will not respond directly except on the Customer’s instruction or as legally required. Timemark will promptly inform the Customer and help the Customer respond. ## Personal data breach [Section titled “Personal data breach”](#personal-data-breach) Timemark will notify the Customer without undue delay and, where feasible, within 48 hours after becoming aware of a personal data breach affecting Customer Data. Timemark will provide available information about the nature of the breach, affected data, likely consequences, and measures taken or planned, and may provide details in phases as the investigation continues. ## Audit [Section titled “Audit”](#audit) Timemark will make available information reasonably necessary to demonstrate compliance with this DPA, such as security summaries, Sub-processor information, and reasonable questionnaire responses. If an audit is legally required and the available information is not sufficient, the Customer may request an audit on at least 30 days’ notice, no more than once per year, during normal business hours, subject to confidentiality, security, and access restrictions. Audits must not access other customers’ data, Timemark source code, trade secrets, or production systems except where Timemark expressly agrees. ## CCPA terms [Section titled “CCPA terms”](#ccpa-terms) For personal information subject to the CCPA, Timemark acts as a **Service Provider**. Timemark will not sell or share such information, will not retain, use, or disclose it except to provide the service or as permitted by the CCPA, and will not combine it with information from other sources except as the CCPA allows. Timemark certifies that it understands and will comply with these restrictions. ## Return and deletion [Section titled “Return and deletion”](#return-and-deletion) On termination of the agreement, the Customer must export Customer Data through Timemark’s export tools before the Teamspace is deleted or before the applicable retention period expires. If a Free Teamspace is scheduled for automatic deletion, Timemark will email the Team Owner 1 month before deletion. Timemark will delete Customer Data after the applicable retention period or when the Customer deletes the Teamspace, except where retention is required by law. ## Customer use of outputs [Section titled “Customer use of outputs”](#customer-use-of-outputs) This DPA governs Timemark’s processing of Customer Data as a processor. It does not restrict the Customer from using Customer Data, photos, project docs, Checklist records, exports, reports, Photo Codes, verification results, or other Timemark outputs for lawful business purposes under the Terms of service and applicable law. ## Order of precedence [Section titled “Order of precedence”](#order-of-precedence) If there is a conflict between this DPA and the Terms of service or Business and Teamspace terms, this DPA prevails only for Timemark’s processing of Customer Data as personal data. Other commercial, payment, intellectual property, acceptable-use, authenticity, disclaimer, liability, ownership, and service-access terms remain governed by the Terms of service and Business and Teamspace terms. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) * [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/) * [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/) * [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/) # How long we keep your data > How long Timemark keeps photos and metadata, and what happens when you delete a photo, a team, or your account. We keep personal data only as long as we need it to provide Timemark, or as the law requires. This page summarizes how long different data is kept and what deletion actually does. For the legal detail, see the [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/). ## What we keep, and for how long [Section titled “What we keep, and for how long”](#what-we-keep-and-for-how-long) | Data | Where it lives | How long | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Photos captured locally without uploading to Timemark | Your device only | Until you delete them. Not held by Timemark | | Personal Cloud Backup photos | Your own Google Drive or OneDrive | Controlled by you in your cloud account | | Team photos | Timemark team storage, hosted in the United States by default | Business and Enterprise: no preset expiry; kept while the team exists unless the team deletes them. Free Teamspace: stored for 12 months by default; Timemark emails the Team Owner 1 month before automatic deletion. Deleted when the team is deleted | | Project docs | Timemark team storage, hosted in the United States by default | While the team keeps them. Deleted project docs are not kept in a Timemark trash | | Checklist records | Timemark team storage, hosted in the United States by default | Kept with team data while the Teamspace remains active or within the applicable Free Teamspace retention period. Submitted records may be locked by product rules | | Attendance records | Your device | Last 45 days on device, then removed automatically | | Attendance records (in a team) | Timemark team storage, hosted in the United States by default | Kept with team data while the Teamspace remains active or within the applicable Free Teamspace retention period | | Photo Code verification records | Timemark verification storage. Records are located by Photo Code, not by user identifier | Photo Codes do not expire by design. You can email with the Photo Code to request deletion of stored photo metadata associated with that code, such as time, place, coordinates, and device model information. After deletion, Photo Code verification will no longer return that record | | Time synchronization requests | Timemark | No separate time-synchronization log or standalone retention period | | App Reports share links | Timemark link storage | 30 days by default, or until you manually revoke the link | | Teamspace photo links | Timemark link storage | Until the selected 7-day expiry, if enabled; otherwise while the link remains active and the shared project still exists | | Account data | Timemark | While your account is active, then 30 days after account deletion unless a longer period is required by law, security, fraud prevention, or dispute handling | | Billing records | Payment providers and merchants of record, such as Stripe, Waffo, Apple, or Google | Retained by the payment provider under its own legal, tax, accounting, and dispute rules. Timemark does not store separate billing records | | Crash and diagnostic data | Firebase | Up to 90 days | | Webhook delivery logs | Timemark | No preset expiry while the Teamspace exists | ## If a subscription ends [Section titled “If a subscription ends”](#if-a-subscription-ends) Canceling a paid subscription is not the same as deleting your data. For Plus, your personal photos stay where they already live: on your device and, if you enabled Cloud Backup, in your own Google Drive or OneDrive. Timemark does not delete those copies because Plus ended. For Business, the team keeps Business features until the end of the paid period. After that, the Teamspace returns to Free limits. Existing projects, photos, project docs, Checklist records, templates, members, and team settings stay in the team, but Free limits apply. Business team photos have no preset expiry while the team exists. Team photos in a Free Teamspace are stored for 12 months by default, and Timemark emails the Team Owner 1 month before automatic deletion. Enterprise data residency does not change retention by itself. It changes where in-scope Teamspace data is stored for that Enterprise data residency option. ## What deletion does [Section titled “What deletion does”](#what-deletion-does) * **Deleted photos are not kept in a Timemark trash.** Export anything you want to keep first. * **Deleting from your device** removes only the device copy. It does not affect the team copy or any synced cloud copy. * **Deleting from a team** removes only the team copy. It does not delete a member’s device copy, and it does not delete copies already synced to Google Drive or SharePoint. * **Deleting a Photo Code record** removes the verification record located by that code, not the photo file itself. Because Photo Code records do not store a user identifier, email with the Photo Code or enough information to locate it. We delete the stored photo metadata associated with that code, such as time, place, coordinates, and device model information. After deletion, Photo Code verification will no longer return that record. * **Deleting a team** removes the team, its projects, photos, project docs, Checklist records, and templates from Timemark. Export first. * **Account deletion:** personal account data is kept for 30 days after deletion. If you are the Team Owner, transfer ownership before deleting your account. A Business subscription belongs to the Teamspace, so deleting an account does not cancel the subscription; cancel it separately from **Settings → Plan & Billing**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Because synced copies in Google Drive or SharePoint are outside Timemark, deleting inside Timemark never removes them. Remove those in the cloud service itself. * Attendance records older than 45 days are removed from the device automatically. Export them first if you need a longer record. * Canceling Business does not delete team data immediately. It downgrades the team to Free after the paid period, so Free limits apply, including 12-month default retention for team photos. * Teamspace photo links without a 7-day expiry can remain active while the shared project exists. They stop working if the underlying photo or team is deleted. Use expiry when access should be temporary. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/) * [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) # Privacy policy > What personal data Timemark collects, how it is used, and your privacy rights. **Effective date:** July 1, 2026 · **Last updated:** September 19, 2026 This policy explains what personal data Timemark collects, how we use it, who we share it with, and the choices and rights you have. It covers the Timemark mobile app, the Teamspace web portal at teamspace.timemark.com, and our websites. Timemark is operated by OCEAN GALAXY PTE. LTD. (UEN: 202305760Z), located at 25 SEAH STREET, #02-01, SINGAPORE 188381. Timemark is one product. It has a free capture core that lets you take trusted work photos, plus an optional Teamspace layer that lets a team collect and organize those photos. If you only capture photos locally and do not upload them to Timemark, we do not store those photos. The data we handle, and our responsibility for it, depend on which features you use. The next section explains how. This policy explains personal data processing. It does not limit how you may use your own photos, exports, reports, Photo Codes, verification results, or other lawful Timemark outputs under the [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/). **Commercial use:** You may use lawful Timemark outputs for personal, business, and commercial purposes, whether you use Timemark alone or in a Teamspace. A Business plan adds team features such as shared Teamspace, centralized billing, higher limits, integrations, and admin controls. You do not need Business only because a photo, report, export, Photo Code, or verification result is used for work. ## Our role depends on how you use Timemark [Section titled “Our role depends on how you use Timemark”](#our-role-depends-on-how-you-use-timemark) How we handle your data, and whether we are legally the **controller** or only a **processor**, changes with how you use Timemark. Under privacy laws, an individual whose data is handled is a **data subject**. In this table, “who controls” means practical control over photos or team content inside the product. It is separate from Timemark’s legal privacy role shown in the last column. | How you use Timemark | What Timemark handles | Who controls the photos or team content | Timemark’s privacy role | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Standalone capture on your device | Server-time requests, optional location lookups, Photo Code or verification requests, and limited technical data needed to run and improve the App. Your local photos are not uploaded just because you take them. | You, for photos that stay on your device | We are the controller for the limited data we receive. We cannot access photos that stay only on your device. | | Personal connected features, such as Plus, Cloud Backup, share links, reports, or exports | Purchase status, linked storage connection details, photos or reports you choose to back up, host, share, or export, and support messages you send us | You | We are the controller, except where a connected destination acts under its own terms. | | Teamspace, a Team, Projects, Business, Enterprise | Team photos, visible watermark content, project docs, Checklist records, Attendance records, project addresses, member details, exports, share links, sync settings, and webhook settings | The team (the Team Owner or organization) | We are a processor acting for the team for Customer Data, and a controller for account, billing, security, and service operation data. | If you only capture photos locally and do not upload them to Timemark, your photos and their location data stay on your device and are not sent to Timemark, so we cannot access them. We may still receive limited technical data through the app, as described in [SDKs, cookies, and tracking technologies](#sdks-cookies-and-tracking-technologies). When you use Timemark as part of a team, the team controls the photos and member data collected in that team. Our handling of that data is governed by our [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) terms. For a plain summary of who owns what, see [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/). ## Information we collect [Section titled “Information we collect”](#information-we-collect) Timemark does not collect the same data from every user. The categories below apply only when you use the matching feature. ### Standalone capture on your device [Section titled “Standalone capture on your device”](#standalone-capture-on-your-device) You can take watermarked photos without signing in or creating an account. For standalone capture, Timemark does not collect your email address or account details. To create a photo or video, the app may use: * Timemark server time, requested from Timemark servers, instead of relying first on device time. * Device location, if you allow location permission and turn on fields such as address, coordinates, map, weather, altitude, or compass. * Microphone access, if you allow microphone permission while recording video with sound. * Template settings, notes, tags, logo, business card text, and other fields you choose to show. * Photo Codes delivered from Timemark servers and stored in a local code pool. Photo Codes do not expire by design. Photo Code records do not store a user identifier, but may store verification data associated with the code, such as the time and location used for verification. The photo file, visible watermark, notes, and location shown on a standalone photo stay on your device unless you choose to upload, back up, share, export, or add the photo to a team. Showing time or location on the photo does not by itself mean Timemark stores that photo, timestamp, address, or GPS coordinate as a server-side photo record. Some fields still require network services. Address lookup, weather, and location-based trusted time may use device location through Timemark or a service provider. Server-time, Photo Code, verification, diagnostics, analytics, security, and similar service requests may also create technical logs needed to run and protect Timemark. ### Account, billing, connected storage, and support information [Section titled “Account, billing, connected storage, and support information”](#account-billing-connected-storage-and-support-information) We collect the following only when you use the relevant feature: * Account details, such as email address, sign-in account name, account identifier, or optional profile details, when you sign in for Teamspace, connect a cloud account, use account features, or contact support. * Connected storage details, such as the provider, account, folder, permission scope, and authorization tokens needed to connect Google Drive, OneDrive, SharePoint, or another destination you choose. Authorization tokens are stored securely. * Purchase status, receipt identifiers, subscription status, and seat information when you or your team buys or manages a paid plan. App Store, Google Play, Stripe, and Waffo may handle payment data, billing contact details, tax records, invoices, and billing records under their own terms. * Support messages, attachments, contact details, and related metadata when you contact us. Subscribing to Plus or taking photos in the standalone App does not by itself require a Timemark account. Signing in matters for Teamspace, connected storage, some account features, support, or carrying a Plus entitlement to another device. ### Contacts permission for team invites [Section titled “Contacts permission for team invites”](#contacts-permission-for-team-invites) In selected regions, the App may let you invite team members from your device contacts. Contacts access is optional and is requested only when you choose that invite flow. If you authorize it, the App reads contact names and phone numbers on your device only to display contacts locally and open your system SMS app with an invite message. Contact phone numbers used this way are not uploaded to Timemark servers, and we do not use them for account matching, analytics, advertising, or marketing. ### Uploaded, backed up, shared, exported, and Teamspace content [Section titled “Uploaded, backed up, shared, exported, and Teamspace content”](#uploaded-backed-up-shared-exported-and-teamspace-content) When you upload, sync, back up, host, share, export, or add photos or records to a team, Timemark may process: * Photo files, including visible watermark content burned into them. * Watermark fields shown on those photos, such as time, address, coordinates, weather, altitude, compass, map, tags, notes, logo, business card details, project name, and project number (PID #). * Reports, ZIP, PDF, Excel, KMZ, Collage, share links, and other outputs you create. * Teamspace project records, project addresses, project docs, Checklist records, Attendance records, member details, roles, permissions, sync settings, export settings, and webhook settings. * Photo Codes and verification data needed to check photo authenticity. Photo Codes do not expire by design. Photo Code records do not store a user identifier, but may store time, location, and similar verification data associated with the code. * Device model or app context when it is saved with a photo, needed for verification, or needed for diagnostics. Personal Cloud Backup sends photos to the Google Drive or OneDrive account you connect. Team Sync, SharePoint, Google Drive, webhooks, exports, and share links send data to destinations you or your team choose. Those copies are then governed by the destination service or by whoever receives the link or export. ### Technical, SDK, and website data [Section titled “Technical, SDK, and website data”](#technical-sdk-and-website-data) The app and our websites collect some technical data automatically, including through third-party SDKs: * Crash and diagnostic data through Firebase Crashlytics, such as device model, operating system, crash logs, app state, memory state, and related diagnostic context. * Time synchronization requests needed to provide trusted Timemark server time for the watermark. These requests may use device location when location-based trusted time is enabled. Timemark does not keep a separate time-synchronization log with its own retention period. * Product analytics, advertising, attribution, and ad monetization data through SDKs that help us understand how people use, find, install, and pay for Timemark, where permitted by your device settings and applicable law. * Basic usage, security, abuse-prevention, and server log data needed to run the service. * Website analytics and advertising data from [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), as described in [Cookies and tracking on our website](#cookies-and-tracking-on-our-website). A full list of the SDKs and third-party services we use, what each one does, and what data it may receive is maintained in [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). ## Location data [Section titled “Location data”](#location-data) Location is at the center of what Timemark does. Many photos are taken to show that work happened at a specific place and time. The time field comes from Timemark server time, and the location fields come from device location. If a photo stays only on your device, the location shown on that photo stays in the local file. Timemark does not store a separate server-side location history just because the app displayed GPS, address, map, or weather on the photo. Timemark or its service providers may receive, store, or disclose location separately where a feature needs it, such as address lookup, weather, time synchronization, maps, the Clock attendance feature, a team project address, Teamspace map and export features, webhooks, share links, exports, or Photo Code verification. Address lookup may use Apple system geocoding and Timemark services. Weather and time synchronization use Timemark services when those fields are enabled. You stay in control of how much location detail appears: * You can turn individual location fields on or off in the watermark template before you capture. * You can change or revoke the app’s location permission in your device settings. Note that the core purpose of the app depends on location, so turning it off limits what Timemark can do. Precise location is treated as sensitive personal information under some laws when we receive or process it. See [Your privacy rights](#your-privacy-rights) for how this affects your choices. ## How we use your information [Section titled “How we use your information”](#how-we-use-your-information) We use personal data to: * Provide the capture, watermark, sync, and export features you use. * Back up your photos to your own cloud account when you enable Cloud Backup, or sync a team’s photos when a Team Owner enables that. * Generate and verify Photo Codes so photos can be checked for authenticity. * Process payments and manage subscriptions and seats. * Support team invitations you initiate, including on-device contact selection where that feature is available. * Diagnose crashes and keep the service reliable and secure. * Measure how our advertising performs and how people find Timemark. * Respond to your support requests. * Meet legal obligations and protect against fraud or abuse. We do not use the content of your photos, project docs, Checklist records, or team data to train advertising profiles or AI models unless you separately agree. We do not monitor, review, or classify Customer Data to determine your industry, project type, or use case, except where needed to provide the service, protect Timemark, enforce the Terms of service, or comply with law. ## Legal bases for processing (GDPR) [Section titled “Legal bases for processing (GDPR)”](#legal-bases-for-processing-gdpr) If you are in the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom, we rely on these legal bases: * **Performance of a contract:** to provide the features you sign up for, including capture, sync, billing, and Photo Codes. * **Legitimate interests:** to keep the service secure, diagnose crashes, and understand how Timemark is found and used, balanced against your rights. * **Consent:** for advertising and attribution tracking, for analytics and advertising cookies on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), and where required for access to precise location. You can withdraw consent at any time. * **Legal obligation:** to comply with tax, accounting, and other laws. ## SDKs, cookies, and tracking technologies [Section titled “SDKs, cookies, and tracking technologies”](#sdks-cookies-and-tracking-technologies) The Timemark app includes third-party SDKs: * **Crash and diagnostics (Firebase Crashlytics):** collects device and crash data to help us fix problems, including device model, operating system, crash logs, app state, memory state, and related diagnostic context. * **Push notifications (Firebase Cloud Messaging):** supports notification delivery. * **Analytics, advertising, and attribution:** includes SensorsAnalytics, Firebase Analytics, Facebook / Meta, TikTok Business, Apple Search Ads attribution, Google Play Install Referrer, and ad mediation or ad network SDKs where used and permitted. These help measure app usage, installs, purchases, attribution, and ad performance. The app does not currently initialize ad mediation or ad network SDKs for users in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Australia, or Canada. On iOS, the app asks for your permission through Apple’s App Tracking Transparency prompt before any advertising identifier is used. You can change this later in your device settings. Where permitted, advertising and attribution SDKs may use Apple or Google mobile advertising identifiers, or similar mobile identifiers, for personalized advertising, attribution, analytics, or ad monetization. Because advertising and attribution SDKs can share identifiers with third parties, some laws treat this as “sharing” for cross-context behavioral advertising. In the app, you can opt out through your device settings. See [Your privacy rights](#your-privacy-rights). Our websites also use cookies, pixels, or similar technologies. For [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), see [Cookies and tracking on our website](#cookies-and-tracking-on-our-website). The Teamspace web portal uses cookies and pixels for basic functionality, analytics, advertising measurement, and showing Timemark ads to people who visited it, including Google Analytics, SensorsAnalytics, Meta Pixel, and TikTok Pixel. For a practical list of SDKs, payment providers, sign-in providers, linked storage destinations, and other third-party services, see [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). ## Cookies and tracking on our website [Section titled “Cookies and tracking on our website”](#cookies-and-tracking-on-our-website) This section covers only our website at [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com). It explains which tools run when you visit, the legal basis we rely on where you are, and how to say no. ### Tools we use [Section titled “Tools we use”](#tools-we-use) | Tool | What it does | When it runs | | ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Google Tag Manager | Loads the other tools on this list. Your browser downloads it from Google, so Google receives your IP address and the address of the page you are on. It does not set cookies. | On every page | | Google Analytics 4 | Records page views, visits, clicks on buttons such as app download links, how far you scroll on some pages, and when you send a form (not what you type in it). We use this to see which pages help people, fix problems, and learn which websites and campaigns bring people to Timemark. It sets `_ga` and `_ga_` cookies that hold a random ID for your browser and your visit. Google uses your IP address to estimate your country and city. | Depends on where you are. See [When analytics starts](#when-analytics-starts). | | Google Ads remarketing | Uses our Google Analytics data to measure our Google ads and show Timemark ads to people who visited our website. | Only after you allow advertising cookies | | Meta Pixel | Measures our Facebook and Instagram ads and lets us show Timemark ads to people who visited our website. | Only after you allow advertising cookies | | LinkedIn Insight Tag | Measures our LinkedIn ads and lets us show Timemark ads to people who visited our website. | Only after you allow advertising cookies | | TikTok Pixel | Measures our TikTok ads and lets us show Timemark ads to people who visited our website. | Only after you allow advertising cookies | You allow advertising cookies when you select **Accept all**, or when you turn on the advertising options under **I want to choose**. If Global Privacy Control is on in your browser, advertising cookies stay off even then. Google, Meta, LinkedIn, and TikTok receive data from the advertising tools. They may also use it for their own purposes, such as delivering and improving ads, under their own privacy policies. When you make a choice, we save it in your browser’s local storage so the banner does not ask again. **Reject all** keeps only what the website needs to work, such as this saved choice. ### When analytics starts [Section titled “When analytics starts”](#when-analytics-starts) Advertising tools never run before you allow advertising cookies, wherever you are. Whether Google Analytics runs before you make a choice depends on where you are. Google works this out from your IP address. | Where you are | Analytics before you choose | Legal basis and your choice | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Indonesia, the Philippines, Singapore | On | Our legitimate interest in understanding how people use our website, so we can fix problems and improve it. We have weighed this interest against your rights. Analytics does not tell us your name. It is not used to show you ads unless you allow advertising cookies. You can turn it off at any time. | | Mexico, Canada (except Quebec) | On | Your implied consent (in Mexico, tacit consent), based on this notice. You can withdraw it at any time. | | United States (except California), India, Pakistan | On | Analytics runs unless you opt out. You can opt out at any time. | | Everywhere else, including the European Economic Area, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Brazil, Vietnam, Colombia, Peru, Malaysia, Thailand, California, and Quebec | Off until you accept | Your consent. You can withdraw it at any time. | Legitimate interest is a legal basis under Indonesia’s Personal Data Protection Law, the Philippine Data Privacy Act, and Singapore’s Personal Data Protection Act. ### How to say no or change your choice [Section titled “How to say no or change your choice”](#how-to-say-no-or-change-your-choice) 1. When you first visit, the cookie banner shows **Reject all**, **I want to choose**, and **Accept all**. 2. Select **Reject all** to turn off analytics and advertising cookies. This also turns off analytics in regions where it starts before you choose. 3. To change your choice later, select **Cookie Settings** at the bottom right of any page. Your choice applies from then on. It does not remove data that was already sent. If you clear your browser data or use another browser or device, the banner appears again, and the starting setting for your region applies until you choose. ### How long website data is kept [Section titled “How long website data is kept”](#how-long-website-data-is-kept) * Google Analytics keeps event data for 2 months, then deletes it. * The `_ga` and `_ga_` cookies expire after 2 years unless you clear them sooner. * Your saved cookie choice stays in your browser until you clear your browser data. * Google, Meta, LinkedIn, and TikTok keep the data they receive under their own retention rules. ### Data sent outside your country [Section titled “Data sent outside your country”](#data-sent-outside-your-country) Google, Meta, LinkedIn, and TikTok process website data on servers outside your country, including in the United States. Data held in another country may be available to courts, law enforcement, and other authorities there under that country’s laws. ### Visitors in the United States [Section titled “Visitors in the United States”](#visitors-in-the-united-states) Some U.S. state privacy laws, including California’s, treat advertising pixels like the ones above as “sharing” personal information for cross-context behavioral advertising, or as targeted advertising. You can opt out on our website in these ways: * Select **Reject all** in the cookie banner, or turn off the advertising options in **Cookie Settings**. * Turn on Global Privacy Control (GPC) in your browser. We treat a GPC signal as a request to opt out of sale, sharing, and targeted advertising for that browser. While GPC is on, advertising tools stay off even if you select **Accept all**, and the banner shows **Opt-Out Request Honored**. In California, neither analytics nor advertising runs until you accept. Advertising stays off while GPC is on. ## How we share information [Section titled “How we share information”](#how-we-share-information) We share personal data only as described here. **Service providers (sub-processors).** We use trusted vendors to run Timemark, such as cloud hosting providers (AWS and Alibaba Cloud in Singapore), payment and merchant-of-record providers (Stripe, Waffo), sign-in and storage providers (Google, Microsoft), reverse geocoding, weather, crash diagnostics, analytics, and advertising measurement. They may only use the data to provide their service to us. Cloud hosting providers receive photo content only where Timemark hosts that content, such as Teamspace data, Timemark-hosted share links, reports, or other server-side features you use. Local-only photos are not stored with our cloud hosting provider. A current list is maintained in [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). **Sharing you direct.** When you connect Timemark to a destination you control, your data flows there at your instruction and is then governed by that service, not by Timemark: * Personal Cloud Backup to your own Google Drive or OneDrive. * Team Sync of a project’s photos to a team’s Google Drive or SharePoint. * Webhooks that send photo data to an endpoint your team configures. * Share links and exports (ZIP, PDF report, Excel, KMZ, Collage) that you create and distribute. Anyone with an active share link can view the shared content. Once a photo, file, or record leaves Timemark through one of these, we no longer control who can see it. Deleting the item from Timemark does not delete copies that already synced, downloaded, or were shared. If you only save a photo locally and do not upload, sync, share, or export it through Timemark, Timemark does not disclose that photo file to service providers. **Within your team.** If you capture photos for a team, other members can see them according to the team’s roles and permissions, which the team sets. **Legal and safety.** We may disclose data if required by law, or to protect the rights, safety, and security of users, the public, or Timemark. **Business transfers.** If Timemark is involved in a merger, acquisition, or sale of assets, data may be transferred as part of that deal, subject to this policy. ## Your privacy rights [Section titled “Your privacy rights”](#your-privacy-rights) Depending on where you live, you have rights over your personal data as a **data subject**. **If you are in the EEA or UK (GDPR), your data subject rights let you:** * Access a copy of your data. * Correct inaccurate data. * Delete your data. * Restrict or object to certain processing. * Receive your data in a portable format. * Withdraw consent at any time. * Lodge a complaint with your local supervisory authority. **If you are in California or another U.S. state with similar privacy laws, your consumer rights may let you:** * Know what personal information we collect and how it is used. * Delete your personal information. * Correct inaccurate personal information. * Opt out of the sale or sharing of your personal information. * Limit the use of sensitive personal information, including precise location. * Not be discriminated against for exercising your rights. * Use an authorized agent or appeal certain decisions where local law gives you that right. **If you are in Brazil, Mexico, or another Latin American jurisdiction with similar data protection laws, your rights may include:** * Confirm whether we process your personal data. * Access, correct, delete, or anonymize personal data where applicable. * Ask about data sharing and international transfers. * Object to or restrict processing where the law allows. * Withdraw consent where processing is based on consent. **If you are in Singapore, the Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Vietnam, or another Southeast Asian jurisdiction with similar privacy laws, your rights may include:** * Access or correct your personal data. * Withdraw consent where processing is based on consent. * Ask how your personal data is used or disclosed. * Complain to the relevant privacy authority where local law allows. Email with the subject “California privacy opt-out” to opt out of sale or sharing for advertising and attribution, or to limit eligible sensitive personal information. For mobile advertising identifiers and personalized ads, use the controls provided by your device platform. Setting names may vary by OS version and region. On [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), you can also opt out with **Reject all**, **Cookie Settings**, or Global Privacy Control. See [Visitors in the United States](#visitors-in-the-united-states). To exercise any right, contact us at . If you use Timemark in a team and your request concerns team-controlled Customer Data, Timemark will assist the Customer or Team Owner, who controls that data, rather than deciding the request ourselves except where the law requires us to act directly. Photo Code records are not indexed by a user identifier. If you want us to delete verification data stored for a Photo Code, email with the Photo Code or enough information to locate the record. We will delete the photo metadata associated with that Photo Code from Timemark servers, such as time, place, coordinates, and device model information. After deletion, Photo Code verification will no longer return that record. ## California privacy notice [Section titled “California privacy notice”](#california-privacy-notice) This is our **notice at collection** under the CCPA. In this table, “collected” means information Timemark receives or can access, including information the app accesses on the device to provide a feature. Collection does not always mean Timemark stores a separate server-side record. Visible time or place text shown on an uploaded photo is part of the uploaded photo content. Ordinary local capture may use Timemark server time and device location, but it does not mean Timemark stores a separate GPS or timestamp record for the locally saved photo. The disclosure column includes service providers, sub-processors, and destinations you choose, such as connected cloud storage or webhooks. The categories of personal information we collect, and whether we disclose or share them, are summarized below. We do not sell your photos or Teamspace content. We may share advertising identifiers and related advertising signals for cross-context behavioral advertising where permitted. You can opt out through the choices described in [Your privacy rights](#your-privacy-rights). | Category | Collected | Disclosed to service providers or destinations you choose | Sold or shared | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Account identifiers (email, sign-in account, linked account identifiers) | Only when you sign in, connect a storage destination, use account features, contact support, or use Teamspace | Yes, where needed for sign-in, support, connected storage, payments, security, or service operation | No | | Contacts and phone numbers used for team SMS invites | Only in selected regions, when you use **Add from Contacts** and grant contacts permission. The App reads contacts on device for local display and to open the system SMS app; those numbers are not uploaded to Timemark servers | No | No | | Advertising and attribution identifiers | Yes, where advertising, attribution, analytics, or ad monetization SDKs are used and permitted. These may include Apple or Google mobile advertising identifiers, or similar identifiers | Yes, to advertising, attribution, analytics, and ad network service providers | Yes, for related advertising signals used for cross-context behavioral advertising only. You can opt out through device settings | | Website cookie identifiers and activity on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), such as pages viewed, buttons clicked, and approximate location from IP address | Yes, when analytics runs. Advertising tools run only after you allow advertising | Yes, to Google for analytics | Yes, through Google Ads remarketing, Meta Pixel, LinkedIn Insight Tag, and TikTok Pixel, only after you allow advertising. You can opt out with **Reject all**, **Cookie Settings**, or Global Privacy Control | | Photos and visible watermark content, including any time or place text shown on uploaded photos | No for local-only capture. Yes when uploaded, synced, hosted, shared, exported, backed up through Timemark, or added to a team | Yes, where needed to host, store, sync, share, export, verify, or send to a connected destination you choose | No | | Precise geolocation used for location features (sensitive) | Yes when location features are enabled. Local display does not by itself create a separate Timemark server-side location history | Yes, where needed for address lookup, maps, weather, time synchronization, verification, upload, Teamspace, sharing, export, or connected services | No | | Teamspace records and team member data | Only when you create, join, or use a team | Yes, where needed to host, secure, sync, export, support, or process the team service | No | | Commercial information (purchase status, receipt identifiers, subscription status, and seat information; payment providers may handle billing records) | Only when you or your team buys or manages a paid plan | Yes, to payment, merchant-of-record, tax, accounting, and subscription providers where needed | No | | Device, usage, crash, security, and log data | Yes when you use the app, websites, or service | Yes, to hosting, diagnostics, analytics, security, and support service providers where needed | No, except advertising identifiers and website data listed above | ## How long we keep your data (Data retention) [Section titled “How long we keep your data (Data retention)”](#how-long-we-keep-your-data-data-retention) We keep personal data only as long as needed for the purposes in this policy, or as required by law. Retention periods for each type of data, and what happens when you delete a photo, a team, or your account, are listed in [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/). ## Where Teamspace data is stored and when data crosses borders [Section titled “Where Teamspace data is stored and when data crosses borders”](#where-teamspace-data-is-stored-and-when-data-crosses-borders) Teamspace data is hosted in the United States by default. For Enterprise customers, data residency means Timemark stores the in-scope Teamspace content for that Enterprise data residency option in the selected data region. It does not automatically cover every Timemark record. Billing, support records, security logs, email delivery, and user-directed third-party destinations may be processed outside that region. Timemark operates globally, so some personal data may be processed in countries other than your own. Where we transfer personal data across borders, we use safeguards required by applicable law, such as Standard Contractual Clauses, data processing terms, or other transfer mechanisms. Data from our website goes to Google and our other website tool providers outside your country, including the United States. See [Data sent outside your country](#data-sent-outside-your-country). ## How we protect your data (Security) [Section titled “How we protect your data (Security)”](#how-we-protect-your-data-security) We use technical and organizational measures to protect personal data, including HTTPS/TLS for data in transit and encrypted storage for sensitive data. Enterprise customers may have access to stricter security options, such as data residency, SSO, audit logs, restricted support access, or service-level commitments, where Timemark makes those options available. ## Children’s privacy [Section titled “Children’s privacy”](#childrens-privacy) Timemark is not directed to children. We do not knowingly collect personal data from children under the age required by local law (under 16 in the EEA, under 13 in the United States). If you believe a child has provided us data, contact us and we will delete it. ## If you use Timemark with a team [Section titled “If you use Timemark with a team”](#if-you-use-timemark-with-a-team) When you join or are added to a team, the team controls the photos, visible watermark content, project docs, Checklist records, project addresses, Attendance records, and member details collected in that team. The Team Owner decides who can see, export, sync, and delete team data, subject to Timemark’s product rules and plan limits. In this case Timemark acts as a processor for the team. Our obligations are set out in [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/). If your team uses the Clock attendance feature or location tracking, your employer is responsible for telling you about it and having a lawful basis to do so. ## Changes to this policy [Section titled “Changes to this policy”](#changes-to-this-policy) We may update this policy from time to time. When we make material changes, we will update the date above and notify you by email where we have an email address for you, such as your account email, billing email, or Team Owner email. We may also provide notice in the App, Teamspace, or on our website. ## How to contact us [Section titled “How to contact us”](#how-to-contact-us) For privacy questions or to exercise your rights, contact: * Privacy contact: * Data Protection Officer: * EU / UK representative: * Company: OCEAN GALAXY PTE. LTD. * UEN: 202305760Z * Address: 25 SEAH STREET, #02-01, SINGAPORE 188381 ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) * [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/) * [Terms of service](/en/policy/terms-of-service/) # Terms of service > The terms that govern your use of Timemark and Teamspace. **Effective date:** July 1, 2026 · **Last updated:** August 8, 2026 These terms are an agreement between you and OCEAN GALAXY PTE. LTD. (UEN: 202305760Z) (“Timemark,” “we,” “us”) about your use of the Timemark mobile app, the Teamspace web portal at teamspace.timemark.com, and our websites (the “service”). By using the service, you agree to these terms. If you do not agree, do not use the service. ## Who can use Timemark [Section titled “Who can use Timemark”](#who-can-use-timemark) You must be old enough to form a binding contract and at least the age required by your local law (16 in the EEA, 13 in the United States). If you use Timemark for a company or team, you confirm you are authorized to accept these terms on its behalf, and “you” then means that organization. ## The service [Section titled “The service”](#the-service) Timemark is one product. It has a free capture core that lets you take trusted work photos with time, location, and other information added as a watermark, plus an optional Teamspace layer that lets a team collect and organize those photos. We may change or improve features over time. ## Your account [Section titled “Your account”](#your-account) Some features need an account. You can sign in with Google, Apple, Microsoft, or email. Keep your sign-in secure and your details accurate. You are responsible for activity under your account. ## Plans, billing, and payments [Section titled “Plans, billing, and payments”](#plans-billing-and-payments) Timemark offers Free, Plus, Business, and Enterprise plans. Paid plans are sold as subscriptions or one-time purchases, depending on the plan and purchase channel. **How you buy.** Depending on your region and device, you buy through one of these channels, and that channel’s billing rules apply. For most purchases a Merchant of Record acts as the seller and handles invoicing, taxes, and refunds. * **Stripe (managed payments).** For direct Business purchases where Stripe checkout is available, Stripe acts as the Merchant of Record through Stripe Managed Payments. Stripe is the seller of record, issues the invoice, collects applicable taxes, and handles refunds. * **In-app purchase** through the Apple App Store or Google Play. Renewals, receipts, and refunds for these purchases are handled by Apple or Google under their terms, not by Timemark. * **Waffo (some regions, Business plan).** In ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH, Timemark may provide a Waffo one-time purchase product named **Pay 1 year** for localized payment methods. Where Waffo is used, Waffo is the Merchant of Record and the seller for that purchase. Waffo issues the invoice, collects applicable taxes, and handles refunds. In each case, your payment contract for that purchase is with the Merchant of Record (Stripe, Apple, Google, or Waffo), not with Timemark. **Teams.** Business plans are billed per seat. On monthly plans, adding or removing members is prorated automatically. Yearly and Pay 1 year purchases prepay a fixed number of seats; adding members beyond them requires paying the difference, and removed members do not generate refunds. See [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/). **Taxes, changes, cancellation, and refunds.** Prices may vary by region and may change with notice. You are responsible for applicable taxes unless collected by the seller. You can cancel anytime, effective at the end of the current billing period. Canceling a subscription stops future renewal, but does not refund the current billing period, and paid features remain available until the end of that period. Canceling Business does not delete the team or its existing data; the team returns to Free limits after the paid period ends. Unless required by law or by the billing provider’s rules, paid fees are non-refundable. If we identify or confirm a duplicate charge, billing error, or charge for a purchase that was not delivered, we will refund or credit that amount. Where the purchase was made through Apple, Google, Stripe, or Waffo, the refund may need to be processed by that billing provider or Merchant of Record. For Plus purchases made through the Apple App Store or Google Play, refund requests are handled by Apple or Google under their own refund rules. Timemark cannot approve Apple or Google refunds directly, but we can help troubleshoot entitlement or delivery problems. For Business purchases made through Stripe or Waffo, monthly cancellations are not refunded for partial months. Yearly Business purchases and prepaid seats are not refunded for unused time or removed members, but unused seats may be reassigned during the paid term. Nothing in this section limits any mandatory refund, withdrawal, or consumer rights that apply in your country or region. ## Your content and license [Section titled “Your content and license”](#your-content-and-license) **Timemark does not own your content.** As between Timemark and you, photos you capture locally are yours. For Teamspace, the team controls photos, project docs, Checklist records, Attendance records, exports, and related data inside Teamspace, and Timemark does not own them. Ownership and usage rights between a member and the organization depend on their employment, contract, and local law. To run the service for you, you give Timemark a limited permission to host, store, copy, back up, sync, and display your content, and to process it to add watermarks, generate Photo Codes, store project docs and Checklist records, and create the exports and reports you ask for. This permission exists only so we can provide the features you use. This permission is limited: * It lasts only while we host your content. It ends when you delete the content or close your account, apart from routine backups or copies the law requires us to keep for a limited time. * We do not use your photos for advertising, and we do not sell them. * We will not use your photos to promote Timemark unless you separately agree. * When you capture for a team, your content is shared within that team according to the team’s settings. You are responsible for your content. You confirm you have the rights to it, and the right to capture and share any people, places, or property shown in it. You are responsible for making sure you have the rights and permissions needed for the content you capture, upload, export, or share. ## Commercial use of your outputs [Section titled “Commercial use of your outputs”](#commercial-use-of-your-outputs) You may use the photos, videos, exports, reports, Photo Codes, verification results, and other materials you create with Timemark for personal, internal business, and lawful commercial purposes, subject to your plan, these terms, applicable law, and your rights to the people, places, property, and information shown in the content. This applies whether you use Timemark alone or in a Teamspace. A Business plan adds team features such as shared Teamspace, centralized billing, higher limits, integrations, and admin controls. You do not need Business only because you use a photo, report, export, Photo Code, or verification result for work. This includes sharing those materials with customers, contractors, insurers, auditors, regulators, courts, business partners, or other recipients where you have a lawful reason to do so. This does not give you a right to resell, host, white-label, or provide the Timemark service itself to others. ## Using Timemark for a team [Section titled “Using Timemark for a team”](#using-timemark-for-a-team) If you create or manage a team, you are the Team Owner. You control who can join, what members can see and do, and where photos, project docs, Checklist records, exports, and sync destinations are managed. As Team Owner, you confirm that you have the right to collect your members’ photos, location, and attendance records, and that you have told them about any location or attendance tracking and have a lawful basis for it. You are responsible for how your team uses the data it collects. For team data, Timemark acts as a processor on your behalf under our [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) terms, which are incorporated into these terms by reference when Timemark processes Customer Data for a team. The DPA applies only to Timemark’s processing of Customer Data on behalf of the customer. Additional commercial terms for teams are summarized in [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/). Timemark does not monitor, review, or classify team content to determine your industry, project type, or use case, except where needed to provide the service, protect Timemark, enforce these terms, or comply with law. ## Acceptable use [Section titled “Acceptable use”](#acceptable-use) Do not: * Use the service to break the law or infringe others’ rights. * Upload content you have no right to, or that is unlawful or harmful. * Use the service for piracy, fraud, intentional cheating, or deliberate misrepresentation. * Misuse photos to harass, surveil, or harm others unlawfully. * Reverse engineer, scrape, overload, attack, or interfere with the service. * Bypass, disable, spoof, tamper with, or work around Timemark’s watermark, Photo Code, timestamp, location, verification, anti-fraud, subscription, or access-control systems. * Create, sell, advertise, distribute, or help others use tools, scripts, instructions, modified apps, or services designed to fake, alter, remove, or defeat Timemark authenticity controls. * Use image editors, metadata tools, or other editing methods to make a photo, video, report, or verification result appear to be a genuine Timemark capture when it is not. * Hide or omit location, address, timestamp, or other fields and then make claims that contradict the captured data or the information actually shown. * Resell, rent, host, white-label, or provide the Timemark service itself to others except as allowed by your plan. This does not restrict sharing your own lawful photos, reports, exports, and verification materials with customers, contractors, insurers, auditors, courts, or business partners. We may suspend or limit accounts that break these rules. ## Photo authenticity and accuracy [Section titled “Photo authenticity and accuracy”](#photo-authenticity-and-accuracy) Timemark provides photo verification through Photo Codes. A photo with a valid Photo Code can be verified in the App or at [verify.timemark.com](https://verify.timemark.com/). If the Photo Code is turned off, missing, hidden, or invalid, Timemark may be unable to verify that photo. A verification result helps recipients check whether the Photo Code was generated by Timemark and whether the photo matches the recorded capture data. Recipients should compare the result with the visible watermark, image content, and surrounding evidence. If a user hides address, coordinate, map, timestamp, or other fields from the visible watermark, recipients should not assume those hidden fields prove a fact that is not shown. If we reasonably believe that an account, device, photo, Photo Code, report, integration, or other output is being used to bypass authenticity controls, mislead recipients, or support fraud, we may investigate, suspend access, disable or limit verification, mark a result as unable to verify, preserve relevant logs, notify affected team owners, or report unlawful activity where appropriate. ## Third-party services [Section titled “Third-party services”](#third-party-services) You can connect Timemark to services you control, such as Google Drive, OneDrive, SharePoint, or your own webhook endpoint. Those services are governed by their own terms. When you connect one, you authorize Timemark to send your data there. After data reaches that destination, access and retention are managed in that service. For a list of SDKs, payment providers, sign-in providers, and linked services, see [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/). ## Data stored on your device [Section titled “Data stored on your device”](#data-stored-on-your-device) Photos you capture locally without uploading them to Timemark are stored only on your device, so we cannot access or restore them for you. On the Free plan, photos stay on your device unless you enable a backup or join a team. Use Cloud Backup or exports for anything you need outside the device. ## Intellectual property [Section titled “Intellectual property”](#intellectual-property) Timemark owns the service, including the app, websites, and our trademarks. We grant you a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable right to use the service under these terms. You get no other rights in the service itself. This service license does not limit your ownership of your content or your right to use, export, share, transfer, or commercially use lawful photos, videos, reports, exports, Photo Codes, verification results, and other materials you create with Timemark, subject to these terms and applicable law. ## Privacy [Section titled “Privacy”](#privacy) Our [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) explains how we handle personal data. For teams, the [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) terms also apply. ## Termination and suspension [Section titled “Termination and suspension”](#termination-and-suspension) You can stop using the service and close your account at any time. We may suspend or end your access if you break these terms or to protect the service or other users. When access ends, your right to access or use the service stops. Canceling a paid subscription is not the same as deleting your account or team. Termination does not take away your right to keep using lawful photos, videos, reports, exports, Photo Codes, verification results, or other materials you already exported or received, if you otherwise have the rights and lawful basis to use them. Export your data first before deleting data, because deletion may be permanent. See [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/). ## Disclaimers [Section titled “Disclaimers”](#disclaimers) The service is provided “as is” and “as available.” To the extent allowed by law, we disclaim implied warranties, including merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, accuracy, and non-infringement. Unless Timemark separately makes a written service-level commitment, we do not promise uninterrupted or error-free operation. ## Limitation of liability [Section titled “Limitation of liability”](#limitation-of-liability) To the extent allowed by law, Timemark is not liable for indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, or punitive damages, or for lost profits, revenue, business, goodwill, data, content, or use, arising from or related to the service or these terms, even if we were told those damages could happen. To the extent allowed by law, Timemark’s total aggregate liability for all claims arising from or related to the service or these terms is limited to the greater of: (a) the amount you paid for the Timemark service in the 12 months before the event giving rise to the claim; or (b) US$100. Nothing in these terms limits or excludes liability that cannot be limited or excluded by law, including liability for death or personal injury caused by negligence, fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, intentional misconduct, or consumer rights that cannot be waived. ## Indemnification [Section titled “Indemnification”](#indemnification) You agree to defend and indemnify Timemark against claims arising from your content, your use of the service, or your breach of these terms, to the extent allowed by law. ## Changes to these terms [Section titled “Changes to these terms”](#changes-to-these-terms) We may update these terms from time to time. When changes are material, we will update the date above and notify you by email where we have an email address for you, such as your account email, billing email, or Team Owner email. We may also provide notice in the App, Teamspace, or on our website. Continued use after changes take effect means you accept them. ## Governing law and disputes [Section titled “Governing law and disputes”](#governing-law-and-disputes) Before either party files a formal claim, the parties will first try to resolve the dispute in good faith through support or written notice. If you use Timemark for a company, team, Teamspace, Business, or Enterprise, these terms and any dispute arising out of or relating to the service are governed by Singapore law, except for its conflict-of-laws rules. The courts of Singapore with competent jurisdiction have jurisdiction over those disputes. If you use Timemark only as an individual consumer, Singapore law and Singapore courts apply unless mandatory consumer law where you live requires a different law or forum, or gives you rights or remedies that cannot be waived. ## How to contact us [Section titled “How to contact us”](#how-to-contact-us) * Company: OCEAN GALAXY PTE. LTD. * UEN: 202305760Z * Address: 25 SEAH STREET, #02-01, SINGAPORE 188381 * Contact: ## Miscellaneous [Section titled “Miscellaneous”](#miscellaneous) These terms, the Privacy policy, and any plan or team terms are the entire agreement between you and Timemark. For Customer Data, the DPA prevails only on personal-data processing matters. Other commercial terms, payment terms, intellectual property terms, acceptable-use rules, disclaimers, liability limits, and ownership rules remain governed by these terms and any applicable plan or team terms. If any part is unenforceable, the rest stays in effect. We may assign these terms in connection with a merger or sale. Our failure to enforce a term is not a waiver. Neither party is liable for delays caused by events beyond its reasonable control. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/) * [Who owns your photos](/en/policy/data-ownership/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) * [Third-party services](/en/policy/third-party-services/) # Third-party services > SDKs, payment providers, sign-in providers, linked storage, and other services Timemark uses. Timemark uses some third-party services to run the app, process payments, provide sign-in, diagnose crashes, measure attribution, and send data to external destinations you connect. This page is the practical list referenced by the [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) and [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/). ## How to read this page [Section titled “How to read this page”](#how-to-read-this-page) **Service providers** help Timemark operate the service. They may process data for Timemark under contract. In the California privacy notice, this is different from selling or sharing personal information with a third party for cross-context advertising. **User-directed services** receive data because you or your team connect or send data there. After data reaches those services, their terms and privacy policies apply. **Merchants of record and payment providers** handle checkout, invoicing, taxes, renewals, and refunds for paid plans. They may act under their own terms for payment data. ## Services that may receive data [Section titled “Services that may receive data”](#services-that-may-receive-data) Location-enabled fields may require an online request even when a photo is saved only on the device. Address lookup, weather, map display, and location-based trusted time use the location needed to return that feature. Local-only capture does not by itself upload the photo to Timemark. | Service | Used for | Data involved | Role | Notes | | -------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | SensorsAnalytics SDK, Sensors Focus, Sensors A/B Testing | Product analytics, event tracking, operational messaging, A/B testing | App events, device and account basics, region/language, conversion events, and related diagnostics | Service provider / analytics provider | Used on iOS and Android for product analytics and operational messaging, and on the Teamspace web portal for product analytics. | | Firebase Analytics | App analytics and conversion measurement | App usage, conversion events, purchase events, retention events, app instance ID, and related analytics data | Service provider / analytics provider | Used on iOS and Android. | | Firebase Crashlytics | Crash and diagnostics | Device model, operating system, crash logs, app state, memory state, and related diagnostic context | Service provider | Used on iOS and Android. Crash and diagnostic data is retained for up to 90 days. | | Firebase Cloud Messaging | Push notifications | Push token, device/app identifiers, notification delivery metadata | Service provider | Used on iOS and Android. | | Facebook / Meta SDK | App events, advertising attribution, sharing, App Links, Audience Network ads on Android | App events, attribution data, sharing actions, advertising identifiers where permitted, and ad events | Advertising partner / service provider | Used where Meta attribution, sharing, or ad features are enabled. | | Google Tag Manager | Loading analytics and advertising tags on websites | IP address, page address, and browser data sent when the script loads. Sets no cookies | Tag management provider | Used on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com) and the Teamspace web portal. Loads on every page. | | Google Analytics 4 | Website analytics and advertising measurement | Website events, page views, button clicks, scroll depth, form submission events without form contents, `_ga` and `_ga_` cookie IDs, device/browser data, approximate location from IP address, referral data, and advertising measurement signals where enabled | Analytics / advertising measurement provider | Used on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com) and the Teamspace web portal. On [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), whether it runs before you choose depends on your region. See [Cookies and tracking on our website](/en/policy/privacy-policy/#cookies-and-tracking-on-our-website). | | Google Ads remarketing | Website advertising measurement and remarketing through the Google Analytics link | Google Analytics website data and advertising signals | Advertising partner | On [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), runs only after you allow advertising cookies. | | Meta Pixel | Website advertising attribution, campaign measurement, and remarketing | Website events, page views, `_fbp` cookie ID, device/browser data, referral data, and advertising measurement signals | Advertising partner / measurement provider | Used on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com) and the Teamspace web portal. On [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), runs only after you allow advertising cookies. | | LinkedIn Insight Tag | Website advertising attribution, campaign measurement, and remarketing | Website page views, LinkedIn cookie IDs, device/browser data, and referral data | Advertising partner / measurement provider | Used on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com). Runs only after you allow advertising cookies. | | TikTok Pixel | Website advertising attribution, campaign measurement, and remarketing | Website page views, `_ttp` cookie ID, device/browser data, and referral data | Advertising partner / measurement provider | Used on [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com) and the Teamspace web portal. On [www.timemark.com](http://www.timemark.com), runs only after you allow advertising cookies. | | TikTok Business SDK | Advertising attribution and conversion tracking | Install attribution, conversion events, advertising identifiers where permitted, and related campaign data | Advertising partner / service provider | Used on iOS and Android. | | Apple Search Ads attribution | iOS search ads attribution | Apple Search Ads attribution information | Advertising partner / platform attribution | Used on iOS. | | Google Play Install Referrer | Android install attribution | Install referrer and campaign attribution data | Platform attribution provider | Used on Android. | | Stripe Managed Payments | Business checkout, managed payments, invoices, taxes, renewals, refunds | Billing contact, transaction data, subscription status, invoice and tax data | Merchant of record / payment provider | Stripe acts as Merchant of Record for direct Business purchases where Stripe checkout is available. | | Waffo | Localized Business payment in selected regions | Billing contact, transaction data, purchase status | Merchant of record / payment provider | In ID, VN, TH, MY, and PH, Timemark may provide a Waffo one-time purchase product named **Pay 1 year** for localized payment methods. | | Apple App Store | iOS in-app purchases | App Store account and purchase information | Merchant / payment provider | Apple handles iOS receipts, renewals, and refunds. | | Google Play Billing | Android in-app purchases and subscriptions | Google Play account and purchase information | Merchant / payment provider | Google handles Android receipts, renewals, and refunds. | | Google sign-in | Account sign-in | Email address and Google account name | Sign-in provider | Used when a user signs in with Google. | | Apple sign-in | Account sign-in | Apple account identifier and relay email if used | Sign-in provider | Used when a user signs in with Apple. | | Microsoft MSAL | Account sign-in | Email address and Microsoft account name | Sign-in provider | Used when a user signs in with Microsoft. | | Google Drive API | Personal Cloud Backup and team sync | Photos, metadata, and files you choose to sync | User-directed service | Google Drive data is governed by Google after sync. Authorization tokens are stored securely. | | Microsoft Graph / OneDrive | Personal Cloud Backup | Photos and metadata you choose to back up | User-directed service | OneDrive data is governed by Microsoft after sync. Authorization tokens are stored securely. | | Microsoft Graph / SharePoint | Team project sync | Team photos and metadata for connected projects | User-directed service | SharePoint data is governed by Microsoft after sync. Authorization tokens are stored securely. | | Webhook endpoints | Team automation | Photo event payloads, photo URLs, member data, location, custom notes | User-directed service | Endpoint is configured by the team. | | Google Maps and Google Play Location | Android maps, location, and map watermark features | Location and map lookup data | Service provider / platform service | Used on Android. May receive precise location when map or location features are used. | | Apple system geocoding and Timemark services | Address lookup from GPS | Location needed to return an address | Platform service / service provider | Address lookup may use Apple system geocoding and Timemark services. | | Timemark weather service | Weather field on watermark | Location needed to return weather data | Timemark-operated service | Weather lookup runs when the weather field is enabled. | | Amazon Web Services (AWS) | Running Timemark systems and hosting Timemark-hosted content | Account and service data, Teamspace data, Timemark-hosted share links or reports, photos and files only when uploaded to a Timemark-hosted feature, logs | Service provider / sub-processor | AWS is not a third-party sale/share recipient when acting as Timemark’s hosting provider. Local-only photos are not stored in AWS. Teamspace data is hosted in the United States by default. Enterprise data residency may place in-scope Teamspace data in the selected region. | | Alibaba Cloud (Singapore) | Running Timemark systems and regional infrastructure | Account and service data, hosted content, logs, and operational data where Timemark uses Alibaba Cloud infrastructure | Service provider / sub-processor | Used in Singapore. Alibaba Cloud is not a third-party sale/share recipient when acting as Timemark’s infrastructure provider. | | Email and support tools | Account emails, share emails, support requests | Email address, message content, support metadata | Service provider | Used when Timemark sends account or share emails, or when you contact support. | | TopOn / AnyThink and ad network SDKs | Ad mediation and ad monetization on iOS and Android | Advertising identifiers where permitted, ad events, ad delivery diagnostics, and related campaign data | Advertising partner / ad mediation provider | Ads are mediated through TopOn/AnyThink. The iOS ad stack may include TopOn ADX, Moloco, Liftoff/Vungle, Unity Ads, BigoAds, Pangle, Meta Audience Network, Google AdMob, InMobi, AppLovin, and Mintegral. The Android ad stack may include SmartDigiMktTech, Google AdMob, BigoAds, Liftoff/Vungle, Mintegral, AppLovin MAX, Meta Audience Network, Pangle, and Adseye. Not initialized for users in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Australia, or Canada. See the [TopOn privacy policy](https://help.toponad.net/docs/nb8EPo/) for their data practices. | ## Client SDKs that do not receive user data [Section titled “Client SDKs that do not receive user data”](#client-sdks-that-do-not-receive-user-data) Some SDKs are included to run client features locally, load images, process media, handle networking, render UI, or export files. These SDKs may process data on the device as part of the feature you use, but Timemark does not intentionally send user data to those SDK vendors through the SDK integration. They are not listed above as data recipients unless they also transmit data to a provider or destination. | Platform | SDKs and libraries | Used for | | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | iOS | Alamofire, RealmSwift, Kingfisher, YYText, DSF\_QRCode, SnapKit, MJRefresh, MagazineLayout, CocoaLumberjack, DeviceKit, SSZipArchive, ZIPFoundation, AEXML, UTMConversion, JZLocationConverter | Networking, local database, image cache, rich text, QR code generation, layout, refresh controls, device model detection, ZIP/XML export, coordinate conversion, and app logging | | Android | AndroidX CameraX; device-maker camera SDKs (Huawei CameraKit, OPPO CameraUnit, Xiaomi camera SDK) | Camera capture. Device-maker camera SDKs improve photo capture on that maker’s phones and activate only there, running entirely on the device. On any other phone, such as a Samsung or Google Pixel, they stay inactive. | | Android | global-nnpackage, JCodec, ExoPlayer, Glide, Coil, Luban, uCrop, PhotoView, OkHttp, Retrofit, RxJava, Gson, Fastjson, MMKV, EventBus, LiveEventBus, React Native, Google Play App Update, Google Play Review, ZXing, AndroidAutoSize, SmartRefreshLayout, ImmersionBar, CalendarView, ReLinker, LSParanoid | Media processing, video, image loading/compression/crop/view, networking, JSON, local storage, event bus, React Native screens, in-app update/review, QR code, UI, native library loading, and app hardening | ## Linked storage and webhooks [Section titled “Linked storage and webhooks”](#linked-storage-and-webhooks) When you connect Cloud Backup, Team Sync, SharePoint, Google Drive, OneDrive, or webhooks, you direct Timemark to send data to that destination. After delivery, access to that copy is managed in the destination service. Deleting a photo, file, or record in Timemark does not delete copies already synced to linked storage or sent to a webhook endpoint. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Privacy policy](/en/policy/privacy-policy/) * [Data Processing Addendum (DPA)](/en/policy/data-processing/) * [Business and Teamspace terms](/en/policy/business-teamspace-terms/) * [How long we keep your data](/en/policy/data-retention/) # Teamspace > Where Team Owners and Admins manage projects, members, photos, exports, and team settings. [Get started with Teamspace First-time setup steps for new Team Owners. ](/en/teamspace/get-started/)[Photos Browse, filter, and manage all your team's photos in Teamspace. ](/en/teamspace/photos/)[Projects Organize photos by job site or work batch in Teamspace. ](/en/teamspace/projects/)[Checklists Review, filter, and export the checklist submissions your team files from the field. ](/en/teamspace/checklists/)[Members Invite, manage roles, and remove members from your team. ](/en/teamspace/members/)[Team Templates Set team-wide Photo Templates and checklist templates members capture with. ](/en/teamspace/templates/)[Exports Export team photos to Excel, PDF, KMZ, ZIP, or share links. ](/en/teamspace/exports/)[Settings Access control and general team settings. ](/en/teamspace/settings/) # Checklists > Review the checklist submissions your team files from the field. [View checklist submissions Review, filter, and export submissions in Teamspace, on the Checklists page or inside a project. ](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/)[Export a checklist submission as PDF Turn one submitted checklist into a PDF report you can save or send from the App. ](/en/teamspace/checklists/export-submission-pdf/) # Export a checklist submission as PDF > Turn one submitted checklist into a PDF report you can save or send from the App. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) A member has finished a checklist on site and you need a clean report of that one job. You might send it to a client or a manager, or keep it for your own records. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) Right after you submit a checklist, the success sheet already has an **Export PDF** button. Tap it and skip to step 4. For a submission from earlier: 1. In Teamspace, open the project, then the **Checklists** tab. 2. Tap the checklist, then tap the submission in **Activity**. 3. Tap **Export PDF** at the bottom, next to **Share**. 4. Wait while the **Preview** shows **Generating PDF…**. 5. Tap **Save** to keep the file on your phone, or **Share** to send it. ## What’s in the PDF [Section titled “What’s in the PDF”](#whats-in-the-pdf) | Part | What it shows | | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Header | The team name and the checklist name | | Summary | **Submitted by**, **Period**, **Start**, **End**, and the photo count marked **Verified by Timemark** | | Checklist details | One row per step with its answer. Photos appear as thumbnails. Click one in the PDF to open the full image. Signatures show with the signer’s name and signing time. | | Last page | A QR code labeled **Scan to view the original data**, which opens the full submission online | The file is named after the member, the date, and the checklist, for example `James Bound-May 8 2026-OSHA Check.pdf`. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Export PDF stays greyed out until the submission is finished.** In-progress checklists show “Available after submitting”. So do submissions made offline that haven’t uploaded yet. Once the upload finishes, export from the submission. * **“Failed to generate PDF”** means the file couldn’t be built or downloaded. Check your connection and tap **Retry**. * **Leaving the preview stops the export.** Opening it again starts over, so stay on the page until the file is ready. * **Deleted photos are left out of the PDF.** * **This is App only.** Submission details on the web have no PDF button. On the web, export submissions to Excel instead. See [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/). * **This is not the photo PDF.** To build a PDF from project photos, see [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Use a Checklist](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) * [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # View checklist submissions > Review, filter, and export the checklists your team submits, from Teamspace on the web. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your crew works through checklists on site, and you want to check the results on a big screen: what they captured, who submitted it, how long it took, and which project it belongs to. Teamspace lists every submission in one table, and each project also lists its own. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business ## See every submission [Section titled “See every submission”](#see-every-submission) 1. Open Teamspace and click **Checklists** in the left sidebar, under **Photo Management**. 2. Click a checklist tab to switch between checklists. Each tab shows the checklist name and how many submissions it holds. 3. Narrow the list with the **Project**, **Member**, **Date range**, and **Status** filters. Date range offers **Today**, **This Week**, **This month**, and **Custom date range**. Status offers **All Status**, **Completed**, and **In progress**. 4. Click **View** on a row to open **Submission details**. ## See one project’s submissions [Section titled “See one project’s submissions”](#see-one-projects-submissions) 1. Click **By Project** in the left sidebar, then open the project. 2. Click the **Checklists** tab. The number beside it is how many submissions this project has. 3. Filter by **Member**, **Date range**, or **Status**. There’s no Project filter here, because the tab already covers one project. ## What the table shows [Section titled “What the table shows”](#what-the-table-shows) | Column | What it shows | | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Time | When the submission was recorded. | | Member | Who filled it in. | | Project | The project the submission is linked to, or **No Project**. | | Duration | How long the submission took, from the first step saved to submit. Stays empty while a submission is still in progress. | | Status | **Completed** once the member submits, **In progress** while they’re still working through the steps. | | Step columns | One column per step of the checklist you’re viewing, named after the step. Photo steps show thumbnails, Yes/No steps show `Yes`, `No`, or `N/A`, Signature steps show the signature with the signer’s name and signing time, and the rest show what the member entered. | | Action | **View** opens the full submission. | ## Inside a submission [Section titled “Inside a submission”](#inside-a-submission) **Submission details** slides in from the right with the status badge, then **Checklist**, **Member**, **Submitted**, **Duration**, and **Project**. Below that, every step appears in order with its type and the answer, and photos show in full rather than as thumbnails. Click a photo to open it large. A Signature step shows the signature, the signer’s name, and the signing time. **Project** is the only field you can change. Team managers and the member who submitted can move a record to another project or to **No Project**. ## Export to Excel [Section titled “Export to Excel”](#export-to-excel) * Click **Download** to export what’s currently listed, meaning the selected checklist plus any filters you’ve set. * To export specific records, tick their checkboxes first. The card header becomes **N selected · Download selected · Clear selection**. Ticks carry across pages, and clear when you switch checklist, change a filter, or change the page size. The file matches the App’s Sheet export: the shared columns plus one column per step, with photo steps split out. To export a single submission as a PDF report, use the App. See [Export a checklist submission as PDF](/en/teamspace/checklists/export-submission-pdf/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Checklists are still built in the App.** **+ Create Checklist** on the web opens a “Create checklists in the Timemark app.” dialog with a QR code, not a builder. * **Submissions are read-only.** A submitted record is locked, and the project it belongs to is the only field anyone can change from the web. * **What you see follows your photo permissions.** A member whose **View photos** access is set to **Own only** sees only their own submissions, and a submission linked to a project shows only for that project’s members. * **In progress rows aren’t live.** They show the progress that loaded when you opened or refreshed the page, and their duration stays empty until the member submits. * **A deleted checklist keeps its history.** Its tab stays on the page with a **Deleted** tag, so past submissions are still readable and exportable. No new ones can arrive. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a checklist template](/en/teamspace/templates/checklist-templates/create-checklist-template/) * [Use a Checklist](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) * [Export as Excel](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Exports > Export team photos to Excel, PDF, KMZ, ZIP, or share links. [Export photos as a shareable link Generate a public link with optional access controls. ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-link/)[Export photos as PDF Build a customizable PDF report from Teamspace on the web, with a cover, an overview, a map, and per-photo details. ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/)[Export photos as Excel Generate an Excel sheet of photo metadata and thumbnails. ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/)[Export photos as KMZ Generate a KMZ for use in Google Earth. ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-kmz/)[Export photos as ZIP Bundle photos and metadata into a zip archive. ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) # Export photos as Excel > Generate an Excel sheet of photo metadata and thumbnails. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want a spreadsheet of your project photos with their metadata, such as date, time, location, and title, alongside thumbnails. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member with photo access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### In the App [Section titled “In the App”](#in-the-app) 1. In Teamspace, open **All Photos**, a project’s **Photos** tab, a member’s photos, or your search results. 2. Long-press a photo to start selecting, then tick any others. A tool panel opens at the bottom. 3. Tap **Excel**. 4. Wait for the file to prepare, then share or save it. To export every photo in the list without selecting, tap **Export** at the top instead, then choose **Excel**. ### On the web [Section titled “On the web”](#on-the-web) Two routes. If the photos are already on screen, select them and use the toolbar. Otherwise start from the sidebar and pick them there. **From a selection** 1. On **All Photos**, or on a project’s **Photos** tab, tick the photos you want. Ticking a date header takes every photo from that day. 2. Click **Excel** in the toolbar. **From the sidebar** 1. In the left sidebar, under **Share & Reports**, click **Excel**. 2. Narrow the list with **Project**, **Member**, **Time Range**, or **Type** if you need to. 3. Tick the photos to include. 4. Click **Continue**. Either route starts the file preparing straight away. A progress card appears in the bottom right corner, and you can cancel it from there. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Maximum 1,000 photos per export.** Split larger projects into smaller exports. * **Excel sits in the toolbar whether or not anything is ticked.** With nothing ticked it covers the whole list. * **On the web, Continue is the last step.** Nothing asks you to confirm after it, so check the selection first. * **Stay on the page while the file is being prepared.** * **On Android, a “File saved to your device” notification** appears when the download is complete. * **If export fails,** start the export again to retry. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) * [Export photos as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) * [Export photos as KMZ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-kmz/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as KMZ > Generate a KMZ for use in Google Earth. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to view your project photos by their GPS locations in Google Earth or another mapping tool. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member with photo access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### In the App [Section titled “In the App”](#in-the-app) 1. In Teamspace, open **All Photos**, a project’s **Photos** tab, a member’s photos, or your search results. 2. Long-press a photo to start selecting, then tick any others. A tool panel opens at the bottom. 3. Tap **KMZ**. 4. Wait for the file to prepare, then share or save it. KMZ isn’t in the **Export** menu at the top of the list. Select the photos first. ### On the web [Section titled “On the web”](#on-the-web) Two routes. If the photos are already on screen, select them and use the toolbar. Otherwise start from the sidebar and pick them there. **From a selection** 1. On **All Photos**, or on a project’s **Photos** tab, tick the photos you want. Ticking a date header takes every photo from that day. 2. Click **KMZ** in the toolbar. **From the sidebar** 1. In the left sidebar, under **Share & Reports**, click **KMZ**. 2. Narrow the list with **Project**, **Member**, **Time Range**, or **Type** if you need to. 3. Tick the photos to include. 4. Click **Continue**. Either route starts the file preparing straight away. A progress card appears in the bottom right corner, and you can cancel it from there. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Maximum 1,000 photos per export.** Split larger projects into smaller exports. * **Photos without GPS data** won’t appear on the map. * **KMZ only shows in the toolbar once you’ve ticked a photo.** With nothing ticked, start from the sidebar. * **On the web, Continue is the last step.** Nothing asks you to confirm after it, so check the selection first. * **Stay on the page while the file is being prepared.** * **On Android, a “File saved to your device” notification** appears when the download is complete. * **If export fails,** start the export again to retry. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) * [Export photos as Excel](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/) * [Export photos as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as a shareable link > Generate a public link so anyone can view and download your project photos. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to send project photos to someone outside the team, like a client or inspector, without giving them a Timemark account. Anyone with the link can view and download the photos. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member with photo access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps (App) [Section titled “Steps (App)”](#steps-app) 1. Open a project in Teamspace. 2. Tap **Share**, then **Share photo link**. To share only some photos, long-press a photo to start selecting, tick the others, and tap **Link** in the tool panel at the bottom. 3. Configure the link options: * **Keep link up to date** auto-adds new photos from this project (on by default). * **Expire link in 7 days** turns on an expiry (off by default). 4. Tap **Copy link** to copy it, or **Share to** to send it directly. ## Steps (Web) [Section titled “Steps (Web)”](#steps-web) 1. Reach the sharing panel one of two ways: * Tick photos on **All Photos** or a project’s **Photos** tab, then click **Share selected** in the toolbar. * Or click **Share Link** in the left sidebar under **Share & Reports**, tick the photos, then click **Continue**. 2. Add an email address and an optional custom message. 3. Click **Share** to send by email, or **Copy Link** to copy the link to your clipboard. ## What recipients see [Section titled “What recipients see”](#what-recipients-see) Recipients get an email from Timemark with a **View Photos** button and a preview of the shared content. When they open the link, they can switch between **Gallery**, **Sheet**, and **Map** views of the photos. The sender gets a notification email when the recipient views the photos. ## Share to messaging apps (App only) [Section titled “Share to messaging apps (App only)”](#share-to-messaging-apps-app-only) Tap **Share to** to send the link via WhatsApp, Telegram, Zalo, LINE, Messenger, Facebook, WA Business, iMessage, Email, or More. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Anyone with the link can view and download photos.** Treat it as public. * **Links don’t expire by default.** Turn on **Expire link in 7 days** (App) and the link stops working after 7 days. * **Shared project links can update automatically.** Leave **Keep link up to date** on only when future photos from the project should appear in the same shared link. * **Email sharing on the web** accepts up to 100 recipients, and the custom message is limited to 150 characters. * **With nothing ticked the button reads Share all** and covers the whole list, not a selection. * **If sharing fails,** check your network connection and try again. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) * [Export photos as Excel](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/) * [Export photos as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as PDF > Build a customizable PDF report from Teamspace on the web, with a cover, an overview, a map, and per-photo details. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You need a polished PDF to send to a client, inspector, or for your own records. In Teamspace on the web you can customize the cover, choose which summary details appear, add a map page, pick which fields show under each photo, and set the photo order. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member with photo access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Up to 1000 photos per PDF in Teamspace ## Steps (Web) [Section titled “Steps (Web)”](#steps-web) 1. Reach the report editor one of two ways: * Tick the photos on **All Photos** or a project’s **Photos** tab, up to **1000**, then click **PDF** in the toolbar. This goes straight to the editor. * Or click **PDF** in the left sidebar under **Share & Reports**, narrow the list with **Project**, **Member**, **Time Range**, or **Type**, tick the photos, then click **Continue**. 2. In the editor, use the panel on the left to customize the cover, the overview, the map, the per-photo fields, and the photo order (see below). 3. Click **Download**. ## What you can customize (Web) [Section titled “What you can customize (Web)”](#what-you-can-customize-web) **Cover page** | Element | What you can do | | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Logo | Upload an image (SVG or PNG, up to 2MB), then change, crop, or remove its background. Turn the logo on or off. The cover divider and footer bar take their color from the logo. | | Title | Set the report title. Defaults to **Work Report**. | | Summary | Add a free-text summary block. It can run onto extra pages if long. | | Team name, Author, Date | Filled from your team and account, and from the export time. Shown read-only. | **Overview** Toggle any of six summary items. They are calculated from the selected photos: | Item | What it shows | Default | | --------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | | Period | The date range, and how long it spans | On | | Photos | The count, and how many of them Timemark verified | On | | Members | Each member with the number of photos they took | On | | Projects | Each project with its photo count. Photos with no project are counted under **Ungrouped** | Off | | Devices | Each device model with its photo count | Off | | Locations | Each address with its photo count, linked to Google Maps | Off | **Map** A map page plotted from the photos’ GPS. Turn the whole section on or off, then: | Option | What it does | Default | | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | | Photo thumbnails | Each pin shows the photo itself. Adds **Cluster nearby photos**, which merges close pins into one with a count badge, and a **Size** slider. | On | | Check-in time | Prints the date and time under each pin. Adds a **12h** / **24h** toggle and its own **Size** slider. | Off | | Route | Draws a line through the pins in capture order. | On | | Area | Outlines the ground the photos cover. Needs at least 3 photos with GPS data, and stays greyed out below that. | Off | | Distance | Labels each leg of the route with its length. Choose **ft / mi** or **m / km**. | Off | | Share link | Adds a **View these photos on the map** link under the map. | On | **Select photos to display** limits the map to some of the report’s photos. **Photo pages** For each photo, toggle which of seven detail fields appear, and each shows only when the photo has that value: * Member, Project, Tags, Time, Address, Coordinate, Photo Code All seven are on by default. Address, Coordinate, and Location rows link to Google Maps. Photo Code links to the verification page. **Photo link** adds a link back to the photo on the web. You can also add per-photo **Notes**, add a photo the export didn’t include with **+ Add photo**, and reorder photos (sort by time ascending or descending, or drag into a custom order). **Other controls** * Zoom the preview from 25% to 150%. * Build the file name from **Title**, **Export date**, **Team name**, **Prepared by**, and a **Custom** part. Toggle and reorder the parts. The file name sits at the top of the editor, not behind **Download**. Custom is the only part off by default. ## Exporting a PDF in the App [Section titled “Exporting a PDF in the App”](#exporting-a-pdf-in-the-app) In the App, the PDF export is limited to photos plus their metadata. You can set a **Title** and a **Logo**, but the manifest and per-field toggles are available only in Teamspace on the web. To export in the App, select photos in Teamspace and tap **PDF** in the tool panel at the bottom. To include every photo in the list, tap **Export** at the top and choose **PDF**. Set the title and logo, then tap **Generate**. See [Export a PDF in the App](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/). This page covers photo PDFs. To turn one checklist submission into a PDF, see [Export a checklist submission as PDF](/en/teamspace/checklists/export-submission-pdf/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **PDF only shows in the toolbar once you’ve ticked a photo.** With nothing ticked, start from the sidebar. * **Up to 1000 photos per PDF in Teamspace.** Selecting more prompts you to trim the selection. * **Leaving the editor throws your edits away.** Going back asks “Leave preview? Your current PDF edits will be lost.” Finish and download in one session. * **The cover divider and footer color come from your logo.** To change that accent color, upload a different logo. * **A field is hidden when the photo has no value for it.** Tags, for example, appear only if your photos carry tag data. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as a shareable link](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-link/) * [Export photos as Excel](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/) * [Export photos as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) * [Export a PDF in the App](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Export photos as ZIP > Bundle photos and metadata into a ZIP archive. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want a single archive of your project photos to save to your device or pass along. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member with photo access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### In the App [Section titled “In the App”](#in-the-app) 1. In Teamspace, open **All Photos**, a project’s **Photos** tab, a member’s photos, or your search results. 2. Long-press a photo to start selecting, then tick any others. A tool panel opens at the bottom. 3. Tap **ZIP**. 4. Wait for the file to prepare, then share or save it. To export every photo in the list without selecting, tap **Export** at the top instead, then choose **ZIP**. ### On the web [Section titled “On the web”](#on-the-web) Two routes. If the photos are already on screen, select them and use the toolbar. Otherwise start from the sidebar and pick them there. **From a selection** 1. On **All Photos**, or on a project’s **Photos** tab, tick the photos you want. Ticking a date header takes every photo from that day. 2. Click the arrow next to **Download**, then choose **Current photo** or **Original photo**. Either choice gives you a ZIP. With nothing ticked, **Download** takes the whole list. See [Download the original photo](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/) for what the two versions contain. **From the sidebar** 1. In the left sidebar, under **Share & Reports**, click **ZIP**. 2. Narrow the list with **Project**, **Member**, **Time Range**, or **Type** if you need to. 3. Tick the photos to include. 4. Click **Continue**. Either route starts the file preparing straight away. A progress card appears in the bottom right corner, and you can cancel it from there. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Maximum 1,000 photos per export.** Split larger projects into smaller exports. * **The sidebar route never asks which version you want.** To get the un-watermarked originals, tick the photos and use **Download → Original photo** instead. * **On the web, Continue is the last step.** Nothing asks you to confirm after it, so check the selection first. * **Stay on the page while the file is being prepared.** * **On Android, a “File saved to your device” notification** appears when the download is complete. * **If export fails,** start the export again to retry. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) * [Export photos as Excel](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-excel/) * [Export photos as KMZ](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-kmz/) * [Download the original photo](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Get started with Teamspace > First-time setup steps for new Team Owners. [Sign in to Teamspace Team features need an account. Capturing photos in the App does not. ](/en/teamspace/get-started/sign-in/)[Create a team Start a team on the App or at teamspace.timemark.com, or add another from your team home. ](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/)[Invite your first members Send email invites or share a join link, and confirm members landed in the team. ](/en/teamspace/get-started/invite-first-members/)[Join a team via invite Use the invite link or code your Owner sent. ](/en/teamspace/get-started/join-a-team/) # Create a team > Start a team for free on the App or at teamspace.timemark.com, or add another from your team home. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re the first person from your organization using Timemark for team work, and you want a shared space where your crew’s photos collect automatically, with member management and central billing. You can also start a second team if you already run one. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business A team can be created on the App or on the Web, whichever you have open. ## Create your first team [Section titled “Create your first team”](#create-your-first-team) The first time you sign in on the App or at [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/), Timemark prompts you to create a team. Enter a team name to finish. 1. Sign in to the App, or go to [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/) and sign in with Google or an email verification code. 2. If you’re new to Timemark, set a **username** when prompted (it can’t be empty). This step is App only. 3. Enter your **team name**. 4. Confirm. Your team is created and you become the **Team Owner**. You can rename the team later in **Settings → General**. ## Add another team [Section titled “Add another team”](#add-another-team) Already have a team and want a separate one? 1. On your team home, tap the **team name** at the top. 2. In the popup, tap **New team**. 3. Enter the new team name and confirm. ## Your free trial [Section titled “Your free trial”](#your-free-trial) Creating a team starts a free 14-day trial. No credit card is required, and it isn’t linked to any payment method. ## What to do next [Section titled “What to do next”](#what-to-do-next) The recommended order: 1. **Create a Team Photo Template** so every member’s photos look the same. See [Create a Team Photo Template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/create-photo-template/). 2. **Create your first project** so captures land somewhere meaningful. See [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/). 3. **Invite members.** See [Invite your first members](/en/teamspace/get-started/invite-first-members/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **If you were invited to a team, accepting the invite adds you to that team.** To run your own separate team instead, create one with **New team**. * **The team name is visible to every invited member.** Use something members recognize, like your company or department, not a placeholder. * **Transfer the Team Owner role before the original Owner leaves.** Ownership is reassigned in the App, under **Teamspace → Settings**. If you need help, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Sign in to Teamspace](/en/teamspace/get-started/sign-in/) * [Invite your first members](/en/teamspace/get-started/invite-first-members/) * [Join a team via invite](/en/teamspace/get-started/join-a-team/) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Invite your first members > Send email invites or share a join link, and confirm members landed in the team. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’ve created the team and want a few people to start capturing so you can watch photos flow in. This is the smallest end-to-end test. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business By default, every member can invite others. An admin can change who’s allowed to invite in **Members & Access**. ## On the Web [Section titled “On the Web”](#on-the-web) ### Invite by email [Section titled “Invite by email”](#invite-by-email) 1. Click **Add Member** in the top-right of any Teamspace page (or go to **Settings → Members & Access → Add Member**). 2. In the dialog, keep the **Invite by Email** tab selected. 3. Paste one or more email addresses into the **E-mail** field. Separate multiple addresses with a space. 4. Under **Invite as**, pick the role each invitee starts with. The default is **Member**. 5. Click **Send**. The button shows a counter, like **Send (3)**, for how many invites will go out. Each recipient gets an email with a link that opens the App or the App Store. ### Share a join link [Section titled “Share a join link”](#share-a-join-link) 1. Click **Add Member**, then switch to **Invite via Link**. 2. Pick the **Invite as** role for the link. 3. Click **Copy link**. 4. Paste the link into your team chat (Slack, Teams, WhatsApp, SMS). The link works for anyone who has it. Use the by-email option if you need invites scoped to specific addresses. ## On the App [Section titled “On the App”](#on-the-app) After creating a team, you can invite straight from the App: * **Share Invite Link**: copy and send the link by WhatsApp, SMS, or email. * **Add by Email**: type email addresses to send invites directly. * **Add from Contacts**: in selected regions, grant contacts permission and pick contacts from your phone. Timemark uses the numbers only on your device to show contacts and open your system SMS app; the numbers are not uploaded to Timemark. Tap **Done** when you’re finished. ## Confirm they joined [Section titled “Confirm they joined”](#confirm-they-joined) Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. New members appear with their email, name (filled in once they sign in), and role. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The invite link works for anyone with the URL.** Don’t post it in public channels. Use email invites for sensitive teams. * **Members must sign in with the email they were invited to.** If they use a different email, a separate account is created and they won’t see your team. * **An invite left unopened for 30 days may need resending.** Open the dialog and resend. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/) * [Invite a team member](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/) * [Customize member roles](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) * [For team members](/en/getting-started/for-team-member/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Join a team via invite > Use the invite link or code your Owner sent. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your Owner or admin sent you an invite and you want to join their team on the App. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Anyone with an invite link * Surface App * Plan Free · Business ## Join via invite link [Section titled “Join via invite link”](#join-via-invite-link) 1. Ask your team admin to send you an invite link. 2. Tap the link on your phone. 3. Sign in with Google, Apple, Microsoft, or Email. 4. If you’re a brand-new Timemark user, set a **username** when prompted (it can’t be empty) before you enter the team. 5. You’re now part of the team. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Can’t find the invite? Check your SMS, WhatsApp, or email for the link. If it’s missing, ask your team admin to resend it. * Brand-new Timemark users must set a non-empty **username** when prompted, before they can enter the team. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Sign in to Teamspace](/en/teamspace/get-started/sign-in/) * [For team members](/en/getting-started/for-team-member/) * [Create a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Sign in to Teamspace > Team features need an account. Capturing photos in the standalone App does not. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to use team features: joining or creating a team, collecting photos in a shared space, or managing projects and members. These need an account. Taking watermarked photos on your own in the App works without signing in. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Sign in on the App [Section titled “Sign in on the App”](#sign-in-on-the-app) 1. Open Timemark and tap **Teamspace** above the shutter button. 2. Choose a sign-in method (see below). 3. Once signed in, you land on your team home, or on the create-team prompt if you don’t have a team yet. ## Sign in on the Web [Section titled “Sign in on the Web”](#sign-in-on-the-web) 1. Go to [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/). 2. Sign in with Google, or enter your email and verify with the code sent to your inbox. ## Sign-in methods [Section titled “Sign-in methods”](#sign-in-methods) Timemark supports Google, Apple, Microsoft, and email. ### Continue with Google [Section titled “Continue with Google”](#continue-with-google) 1. Tap **Continue with Google**. 2. Choose your Google account. ### Continue with Apple (iPhone only) [Section titled “Continue with Apple (iPhone only)”](#continue-with-apple-iphone-only) 1. Tap **Continue with Apple**. 2. Confirm with Face ID or your Apple ID password. ### Continue with Microsoft [Section titled “Continue with Microsoft”](#continue-with-microsoft) 1. Tap **Continue with Microsoft**. 2. Enter your Microsoft account credentials. ### Continue with email [Section titled “Continue with email”](#continue-with-email) 1. Tap **Continue with Email**. 2. Enter your email address and tap **Continue**. 3. Check your inbox for a verification code. 4. Enter the code and tap **Continue** to sign in. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Standalone capture doesn’t need an account.** You only sign in to use Teamspace. If you just want watermarked photos, skip sign-in. * **Sign in with the same account everywhere.** Use the same Google, Apple, Microsoft, or email account on the App and Web, or you’ll land in different spaces. * **Invited to a team? Sign in with the invited email.** Signing in with a different account creates a separate account that won’t see the team. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/) * [Join a team via invite](/en/teamspace/get-started/join-a-team/) * [Download Timemark](/en/app/get-started/) Last updated: July 13, 2026 # Members > Invite, manage roles, and remove members from your team. [Invite a team member Send a per-email invite or share a link, and pick the starting role. ](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/)[Customize a member role Adjust permissions on a built-in role, or create a custom role with its own permission set. ](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/)[Manage permissions Reassign roles, change a member's permissions, and understand the All-Photos vs Own-only scopes. ](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/)[Remove a team member Revoke a member's team access. Their existing photos stay in the team. ](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/) # Customize a member role > Adjust permissions on a built-in role, or create a custom role with its own permission set. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) The built-in **Member** role gives someone full read of all photos and only limited edit, delete, and move powers. You want a different mix. For example, a “Field Lead” role that can manage project access but cannot remove people from the team. Or you want to tighten **Member** so they can only view their own photos. Timemark has three built-in roles, **Owner**, **Admin**, and **Member**, plus any **custom roles** you add. You can adjust the permissions on **Admin** and **Member**, or build a custom role from scratch. The **Owner** role is fixed and can’t be changed. Full role editing happens in Teamspace on the web. The Timemark App covers one case only: in Teamspace **Settings → Permissions**, you can change the photo permissions (view, download, upload, move, delete) of the built-in **Member** role. Admin and custom roles, and every non-photo permission, can only be changed on the web. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects All members assigned to the role you edit. Takes effect immediately ## Steps: edit a built-in role (Admin or Member) [Section titled “Steps: edit a built-in role (Admin or Member)”](#steps-edit-a-built-in-role-admin-or-member) 1. Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. 2. Expand the **3 Roles (Permission group)** section. 3. Click **Edit Role** at the bottom of the **Admin** or **Member** card. 4. Toggle individual permissions in the **PHOTOS**, **PROJECTS**, and **TEAM** categories. 5. Click **Save**. The **Team Owner** card shows “Owner permissions cannot be modified”. You cannot weaken or strengthen the Owner role. ## Steps: create a custom role [Section titled “Steps: create a custom role”](#steps-create-a-custom-role) 1. Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. 2. Scroll down to the **Custom Roles** section. 3. Click **+ Add Role**. 4. Name the role, for example `Field Lead` or `Read-only auditor`. 5. Toggle the permissions you want this role to have. 6. Click **Save**. The new role appears in the **Invite as** dropdown when you invite a member, and in the per-member role picker. ## Permission categories [Section titled “Permission categories”](#permission-categories) | Category | Permissions | Possible values | | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **PHOTOS** | View photos / Edit photos / Move photos / Delete photos / Download photos | **All Photos** (all team photos) / **Own only** (only photos this member captured) / **Deny** (no access) | | **PROJECTS** | Create Project / Edit Project / Delete Project / Manage project access | On / Off | | **TEAM** | Invite people to team / Remove people from team | On / Off | **Edit photos** controls editing on the photo preview page in Teamspace: the markup tools on the side (the draw, text, arrow, and rectangle buttons) and the **Note** tool. These edit the watermark and markup on the photo, for example to fix a typo in a note. The capture time and location stay locked no matter what this permission is set to. ## Default role permissions (out of the box) [Section titled “Default role permissions (out of the box)”](#default-role-permissions-out-of-the-box) | Permission | Team Owner | Admin | Member | | -------------------------------------- | ---------- | ---------- | ---------- | | Edit / Delete / Move photos | All Photos | All Photos | Own only | | View / Download photos | All Photos | All Photos | All Photos | | Create / Edit project | Yes | Yes | Yes | | Delete project / Manage project access | Yes | Yes | No | | Invite / Remove team people | Yes | Yes | No | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **A role marked “Customized” has been edited from defaults.** Other Owners reviewing your team should know what changed, so document the rationale outside the product (for example, in a wiki). * **Tightening Member to “Own only” View** prevents Members from seeing each other’s photos. Field coordinators may need a different role. * **Deleting a custom role while members are assigned to it** forces a reassignment. Teamspace prompts you. Plan the migration before clicking delete. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) * [Invite a team member](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/) * [Remove a team member](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Invite a team member > Send a per-email invite or share a link, and pick the starting role. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to add a new person to your team. Choose **email** for invites scoped to a specific address, or **link** for ad-hoc sharing in chat. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Invite people to team" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects On a paid plan, each added member is a billable seat The roles you can assign depend on your own role. A **Team Owner** can assign **Admin**, **Member**, or any custom role. A **Team Admin** can assign **Member** or a custom role, but not **Owner** or **Admin**. ## Steps: invite by email [Section titled “Steps: invite by email”](#steps-invite-by-email) 1. Click **Add Member** in the top-right of any Teamspace page. 2. The **Invite by Email** tab is selected by default. 3. Type one or more email addresses in the **E-mail** field (up to **100** per send). Separate multiple addresses with a **space**, not a comma. 4. Under **Invite as**, choose the starting role. If only one role is available to you, the row is locked to it. To set up a custom role first, see [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/). 5. Click **Send**. The button shows the count of invites that will be sent, for example **Send (3)**. Recipients get an email with a link that opens the Timemark App. ## Steps: invite via link [Section titled “Steps: invite via link”](#steps-invite-via-link) 1. Click **Add Member**, then switch to **Invite via Link**. 2. Pick the **Invite as** role. 3. Click **Copy link**. The URL is in the format `https://teamspace.timemark.com/mobile/invite?uuid=…`. 4. Share the link in your team’s chat tool. ## Fields you can configure [Section titled “Fields you can configure”](#fields-you-can-configure) | Field | What it controls | | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | E-mail | The address invites go to. Space-separated for multiple addresses, up to 100 per send. | | Invite as | The starting role assigned on accept. Choose **Admin**, **Member**, or a custom role, filtered by your own role. You can’t invite someone as **Owner**, and a role row with only one option is locked. | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The link is anonymous-eligible.** Anyone with the URL can join with the role you picked, so don’t post it in public channels. * **Commas don’t work as separators.** The field expects whitespace-separated addresses, and a single send is capped at 100 of them. * **Adding a member is never blocked by your seat count.** The “Up to N members” line on your plan is the number of seats paid for, not an invite cap. Inviting past it always works. * **Going past your paid seats starts an overage.** Monthly plans just prorate the new member automatically. On yearly and Pay 1 year plans, the Owner sees an “extra members” notice on **Plan & Billing** (Web) or **Upgrade & manage** (App): pay the difference with **Pay now**, or free up seats with **Manage members**. If neither happens before the deadline in the notice, the team is restricted and photos can blur. See [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) and [Some team photos are blurred](/en/troubleshoot/team-photos-blurred/). * **Inviting someone who already uses Timemark as a solo user** adds the team to their existing account. Their personal photos stay private to them. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Invite your first members](/en/teamspace/get-started/invite-first-members/) * [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) * [Remove a team member](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) Last updated: August 7, 2026 # Manage permissions > Reassign roles, change a member's permissions, and understand the All Photos vs Own only scopes. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Someone got promoted, or one person needs more access than the default **Member** role gives, or less than **Admin** gives. You can change their role without re-inviting them. To change what a role *means* (its permission set), see [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) instead. This page covers changing **which role** is assigned to **which member**. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps: change a member’s role [Section titled “Steps: change a member’s role”](#steps-change-a-members-role) 1. Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. 2. Find the member in the **Members** table. 3. Hover over their row, then click the **pencil** (edit) icon that appears on the right. 4. Pick a different role from the dropdown. 5. Save. The change takes effect immediately. The member sees their new permissions on next page refresh in Teamspace or the App. ### Who can change whose role [Section titled “Who can change whose role”](#who-can-change-whose-role) * A **Team Owner** can set any role except **Owner**. You can’t reassign the Owner role from this picker (see pitfalls). * A **Team Admin** can change **Members** and custom-role holders, but can’t change another Admin’s role, the Owner’s role, or their own role. * No one can change the **Owner**, and no one can change their own role. For these, the edit control doesn’t appear. ### Changing a role from the App [Section titled “Changing a role from the App”](#changing-a-role-from-the-app) | Platform | Change roles in the App? | | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | iOS | Yes. A **Team Owner** or **Team Admin** opens the member under **Members & Access** and picks a new role. The Owner can assign any role except **Owner**. An Admin can’t assign **Owner** or **Admin**. | | Android | No. Tapping **Members & Access** opens Teamspace on the web, where you make the change. | ## Understanding photo scope: All Photos vs Own only [Section titled “Understanding photo scope: All Photos vs Own only”](#understanding-photo-scope-all-photos-vs-own-only) Photo permissions (Delete / Move / View / Download) have three possible scopes: | Scope | Means | | -------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **All Photos** | The member can act on every photo in the team, no matter who captured it. | | **Own only** | The member can act only on photos they personally captured. | | **Deny** | The member can’t perform this action at all. | By default, **Member** can View and Download All Photos, but can only Delete and Move **Own only**. This is intentional. It lets people see context but prevents accidental tampering with teammates’ captures. ## Steps: verify what a member can do [Section titled “Steps: verify what a member can do”](#steps-verify-what-a-member-can-do) 1. Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. 2. Expand **3 Roles (Permission group)**. 3. Find the column matching the member’s role. 4. Each row in the **PHOTOS / PROJECTS / TEAM** sections shows that role’s effective permission. If the role is labeled **Customized**, the displayed values reflect the customizations. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Demoting an Admin doesn’t recall their existing actions.** Photos they deleted and projects they edited stay done. * **You can’t have zero Team Owners.** To hand off ownership, transfer the **Team Owner** role to another member in the Timemark App, under **Teamspace → Settings**. If you get stuck, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com). * **Role changes don’t notify the member.** Either tell them out-of-band or expect a question when they try a now-disabled action. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) * [Invite a team member](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/) * [Remove a team member](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Remove a team member > Revoke a member's team access. Their existing photos stay in the team. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Someone left the company, finished a contract, or was assigned to a different team. Removing them stops new uploads from their device into this Teamspace and revokes their access to existing photos. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Remove people from team" enabled * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Go to **Settings → Members & Access**. 2. Find the member in the **Members** table. 3. Hover over their row, then click the **trash** icon that appears on the right. 4. Confirm in the dialog. They lose access immediately. On their phone, the team disappears from the App’s team list at next refresh. ## What happens to their photos [Section titled “What happens to their photos”](#what-happens-to-their-photos) **Their existing photos stay in the team.** Removal revokes the person’s access. It does not delete the captures they uploaded. Photos remain organized under the project they were captured into. If you want to **also delete a removed member’s photos**, do that *before* removing them so you can find their captures via the **By Member** filter. After removal, those photos are still browsable as “uploaded by \[former email]” but the member can no longer affect them. ## Billing impact [Section titled “Billing impact”](#billing-impact) * **Monthly plans**: you stop being billed for the removed member at the next billing cycle. Time already used in the current cycle is prorated and shown on your next invoice. * **Yearly plans**: the seat remains assigned to the team for the rest of the prepaid year. You can reassign it to a new member without an extra charge. * **If your team is in overage** (an “extra members” notice on **Settings → Plan & Billing**): removing members until you’re back within your paid seats settles the overage without paying the difference. See [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) for details. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **You can’t remove the Team Owner.** Transfer the **Team Owner** role to another member first, in the Timemark App under **Teamspace → Settings**. If you get stuck, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com). * **A removed member’s *personal* photos (taken outside the team) stay with them.** Only photos uploaded to *this* team are governed here. * **No bulk-remove UI.** For large off-boardings, remove one row at a time, or contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com) for a bulk operation. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) * [Invite a team member](/en/teamspace/members/invite-member/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/) Last updated: August 7, 2026 # Photos > Browse, filter, and manage all your team's photos in Teamspace. [Browse photos by member Filter by who took the photo. ](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/)[Browse photos by project Filter by which project a photo belongs to. ](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-project/)[Browse photos on a map See photos pinned by capture location. ](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-on-map/)[See team routes Where each member went on a given day, drawn from their photo locations. ](/en/teamspace/photos/see-team-routes/)[Filter photos by type, date, or tag Combined filters for narrowing the view. ](/en/teamspace/photos/filter-photos/)[Move photos to another project Reassign photos to a different project, or drop the project assignment. ](/en/teamspace/photos/move-photos/)[Delete photos from Teamspace Owner-side deletion and its effect on member devices. ](/en/teamspace/photos/delete-photos/)[Download the original photo Get the current photo with watermark and markup, or the clean original. ](/en/teamspace/photos/download-original-photo/) # Browse photos by member > Filter by who took the photo. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to see everything one person captured, for a spot check or to pull together their work. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Browse by member [Section titled “Browse by member”](#browse-by-member) 1. Open your Teamspace. 2. Tap a member’s name on the home screen, or tap the **Members** filter at the top of All Photos. 3. Select the member you want to view. 4. Browse their photos by date. ## Search within a member’s photos [Section titled “Search within a member’s photos”](#search-within-a-members-photos) 1. Open a member’s photo view. 2. Tap the **search icon** at the top right. 3. Type a keyword to search within that member’s photos. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * If a member was removed from the team, their photos stay in All Photos, but their profile shows “The user you’re looking for no longer exists.” * Tapping a member on the home screen shows only their photos. Use **All Photos** to see everyone’s combined. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Browse photos by project](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-project/) * [Filter photos by type, date, or tag](/en/teamspace/photos/filter-photos/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Browse photos by project > Filter by which project a photo belongs to. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to review every photo for one job site or contract, gathered under its project. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Browse by project [Section titled “Browse by project”](#browse-by-project) 1. Open your Teamspace. 2. Tap a project name on the home screen, or tap the **Projects** filter at the top of All Photos. 3. Select the project you want to view. 4. Browse photos by date. ## Search within a project’s photos [Section titled “Search within a project’s photos”](#search-within-a-projects-photos) 1. Open a project’s photo view. 2. Tap the **search icon** at the top right. 3. Type a keyword to search within that project’s photos. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * You can select multiple projects at once using the **Projects** filter in All Photos. * When several projects are selected, the project name in the filter bar truncates at 100 characters. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Browse photos by member](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/) * [Filter photos by type, date, or tag](/en/teamspace/photos/filter-photos/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Browse photos on a map > See photos pinned by capture location. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to see where photos were taken, pull every photo from one location, or overlay a construction plan so site photos and the plan sit on the same map. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Open Photo Map [Section titled “Open Photo Map”](#open-photo-map) On the **Web**, open the map in any of these places: * **A project**: open the project, then switch the view toggle from Gallery to **Map**. * **All Photos**: switch the view toggle to **Map**. * **Photo Map** in the left sidebar: the whole team’s photos on one map. On the **App**, tap **Tools** in the bottom navigation bar, then tap **Photo Map**. Photos appear as pins grouped by location. Click a pin to see the photos taken there. ## Filter photos on the map [Section titled “Filter photos on the map”](#filter-photos-on-the-map) Use the filters at the top to narrow the map by **Time Range**, **Projects**, **Members**, or **Type**. ## Import a construction plan (KML or KMZ) [Section titled “Import a construction plan (KML or KMZ)”](#import-a-construction-plan-kml-or-kmz) Overlay a KML or KMZ file, such as your construction or site plan, so it sits on the same map as your field photos. This works on the **Web** only. The App’s Photo Map can’t import map files. 1. Open the map on the Web (a project’s **Map** view, the **All Photos** **Map** view, or **Photo Map**). 2. Click **Import KML** at the top-left of the map. 3. Choose your **.kml** or **.kmz** file. The plan is drawn over the map alongside your photo pins. ## Share from the map [Section titled “Share from the map”](#share-from-the-map) Tap **Share** at the bottom to share the currently filtered photos as a link. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * Photo Map opens in full on the Web. On the App, tap the link shown to open it in a desktop browser. * Only photos with GPS data appear on the map. * An imported KML or KMZ layer is visible only to you, and only for the current session. Refreshing or reopening the map clears it. Re-import the file to see it again. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Filter photos by type, date, or tag](/en/teamspace/photos/filter-photos/) * [Browse photos by member](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/) Last updated: June 29, 2026 # Delete photos from Teamspace > Remove photos from the team library, who's allowed to, and what it does and doesn't affect. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to remove test shots, duplicates, or photos uploaded to the wrong project from your team’s photo library in Teamspace. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Delete photos" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Removes the team copy from Teamspace ## Delete photos [Section titled “Delete photos”](#delete-photos) 1. Open **Photos** in Teamspace. 2. Select the photo, or select multiple photos. 3. Click **Delete**. 4. Confirm. In the App, long-press a photo in Teamspace to start selecting, tick any others, then tap **Delete** in the tool panel at the bottom. ## Who can delete [Section titled “Who can delete”](#who-can-delete) Deletion is controlled by the **Delete photos** permission, set per member under member access. The scope decides which photos that member can delete: | Scope | What they can delete | | ---------- | -------------------------------- | | All Photos | Any photo in the team | | Own only | Only photos that member captured | | Deny | Nothing | Without permission, the web hides the delete option. The App still shows **Delete** and says you don’t have permission when you tap it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Export before deleting.** Deleted team photos are not kept in a Teamspace trash. See [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/). * **The member’s phone keeps its original.** Deleting in Teamspace removes the team copy only. The photo on the member’s device is a separate, on-device copy and isn’t deleted. To delete that, the member removes it in the App. See [Delete a photo](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/). * **A synced cloud copy stays.** If the project syncs to Google Drive or SharePoint, a photo already uploaded there isn’t removed when you delete it in Teamspace. Remove it in that folder too if needed. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Customize a member’s role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) * [Delete a photo](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/) * [Move photos to another project](/en/teamspace/photos/move-photos/) * [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Download the original photo > Download team photos with the watermark and markup, or as the original with neither, one photo at a time or in bulk. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You need a clean copy of a team photo without the watermark or markup, for example to reuse the image itself. When you download a photo from your team’s library, you choose which version you get. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, or any role with "Download photos" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Download a photo in the App [Section titled “Download a photo in the App”](#download-a-photo-in-the-app) 1. Open the team photo you want. 2. Tap **Download**. 3. Choose **Current photo** or **Original photo**. ## Download a photo on the web [Section titled “Download a photo on the web”](#download-a-photo-on-the-web) 1. Open the team photo you want. 2. Click the arrow next to **Download**. 3. Choose **Current photo** or **Original photo**. ## Download several photos at once on the web [Section titled “Download several photos at once on the web”](#download-several-photos-at-once-on-the-web) 1. Open **All Photos**, or open a project and stay on its **Photos** tab. 2. Tick the photos you want, or leave everything unticked to take the whole list. 3. Click the arrow next to **Download** above the list. 4. Choose **Current photo** or **Original photo**. You get a ZIP containing the version you picked. ## The two versions [Section titled “The two versions”](#the-two-versions) | Option | What you get | | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Current photo | The photo as it looks in Teamspace, with the watermark and any markup on it. | | Original photo | The photo as captured, with no watermark and no markup. | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Nothing is printed on the original.** The capture time, the location, and the Photo Code all live in the watermark. If the photo has to show its capture record, download **Current photo**. * Watermark edits and markup never change the original. The original always stays exactly as captured. * Downloading is gated by the **Download photos** permission and its scope (All Photos / Own only / Deny). If you don’t see a download option, ask the Team Owner to check your role. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Remove the watermark from a photo](/en/app/preview/remove-watermark/) * [Save the original photo without the watermark](/en/app/settings/save-original/) * [Member and access controls](/en/teamspace/settings/member-access/) * [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) Last updated: September 1, 2026 # Filter photos by type, date, or tag > Combined filters for narrowing the view. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re hunting for specific photos and want to narrow All Photos by time, project, member, or type. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Filter by time range [Section titled “Filter by time range”](#filter-by-time-range) 1. Tap **Time Range** at the top of the photo view. 2. Choose a preset: **All time**, **Today**, **This week**, or **This month**. 3. Or select **Custom range** and pick a start and end date. 4. Tap **Done**. ## Filter by project [Section titled “Filter by project”](#filter-by-project) 1. Tap **Projects** at the top of the photo view. 2. Select one or more projects from the list. 3. Search by project name if needed. 4. Tap **Done**. ## Filter by member [Section titled “Filter by member”](#filter-by-member) 1. Tap **Members** at the top of the photo view. 2. Select one or more members from the list. 3. Search by member name if needed. 4. Tap **Done**. ## Filter by type [Section titled “Filter by type”](#filter-by-type) 1. Tap **Type** at the top of the photo view. 2. Select **Photos**, **Videos**, or **Attendance**. 3. Tap **Done**. ## Search photos [Section titled “Search photos”](#search-photos) 1. Tap the **search icon** at the top right of All Photos. 2. Type a keyword: address, title, or watermark field. 3. Results update as you type. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * On Free, the search view is limited to 100 photos. Upgrade to Business for full access. * You can combine multiple filters at the same time. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Browse photos by member](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/) * [Browse photos by project](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-project/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Move photos to another project > Reassign team photos to a different project, or drop the project assignment entirely. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Photos landed in the wrong project, or they came in with no project attached and you want them filed. Moving changes which project the photos belong to. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Move photos" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## Move photos on the web [Section titled “Move photos on the web”](#move-photos-on-the-web) 1. On **All Photos**, or on a project’s **Photos** tab, tick the photos you want to move. 2. Click **Move** in the toolbar. 3. Pick the destination from the list, or find it with **Search Project**. 4. Click **Move**. **Create project** in the bottom left of the dialog makes a new project without leaving the dialog. ## Move photos in the App [Section titled “Move photos in the App”](#move-photos-in-the-app) 1. Open Teamspace in the App and long-press a photo to start selecting, then tick any others. 2. Tap **Move** in the tool panel at the bottom. 3. Pick the destination project, or **No Project** to leave the photos in All Photos. ## Where photos can go [Section titled “Where photos can go”](#where-photos-can-go) Both ends offer the same two destinations. Only the wording differs. | Destination | What it’s called | What happens | | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | A project | The project’s name | The photos leave the project they were in and belong to the one you picked. | | No project | **Move to All Photos (No project assigned)** on the web, **No Project** in the App | The photos stay in the team library but stop belonging to any project. | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **One destination per move.** Ticking a second project clears the first. If the photos belong in different projects, move them in separate batches. * **Move is not a copy.** The photos leave the project they were in. To keep a copy elsewhere, export them first. See [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/). * **The Move button stays greyed out** until you pick a destination. * **Members can only move their own photos by default.** The **Move photos** permission has three scopes: All Photos, Own only, and Deny. The default Member role gets Own only. If **Move** doesn’t appear on the web, or the App says you don’t have permission, ask the Team Owner to check your role. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Delete photos from Teamspace](/en/teamspace/photos/delete-photos/) * [Browse photos by project](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-project/) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Customize a member’s role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # See team routes > See where each member went on a given day, drawn from the locations of the photos they took. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to check where your crew worked on a given day, which sites they visited in what order, and roughly how far they traveled. Routes shows this without tracking anyone live. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Any member * Surface App * Plan Free · Business ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Open Teamspace in the App. 2. Under **Activity**, tap **Routes**. The row shows how many members have a route today, for example `3 routes today`. 3. On the team map, each member appears as a pin where they took their last photo that day, with a photo count. Project sites show as circles. 4. To look at another day, tap **Today** at the top and pick a date. 5. Tap a member in the list, or their pin on the map, to open their route for that day. If nobody on the team has taken photos in the last 3 days, the **Activity** section is collapsed. Tap **View past record** to find **Routes**. ## What a member’s route shows [Section titled “What a member’s route shows”](#what-a-members-route-shows) | Part | What it shows | | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Map | A dashed line joining the member’s photos in the order they were taken, with photo bubbles along it | | **Photos** | Every photo that day, including ones without a location | | **Distance** | The straight-line distance between one photo location and the next, added up. It isn’t road distance. | | **Period** | The time from the day’s first photo to its last | | Place list | Photos grouped by address, in time order. The last stop is marked **latest**. Tap a row to open its photos. | | `N photos without location` | Photos that couldn’t be placed on the map | In the team list, each member’s row shows the same count and distance, for example `8 photos · 12.4 km`. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Routes isn’t live tracking.** A location only exists where a photo was taken. Between two photos the line is a straight connection, not the path the member actually took. The page says so at the bottom: **Made from photo locations**. * **Photos without a location don’t join the line.** They’re only counted at the end of the member’s page. If none of a member’s photos that day have a location, you’ll see **No routes on this day**. * **Impossible jumps are dropped.** If two photos in a row would mean traveling faster than 200 km/h, the point is treated as GPS drift and left out. * **You only see what your photo access allows.** With **View photos** set to **Own only**, Routes shows just you. If you can’t access some projects, photos from those projects are missing from routes, and nothing on the page warns you. * **Routes doesn’t measure hours or attendance.** For work time, use Time clock. See [Clock in and out](/en/app/capture/clock-in-and-out/). * **Routes is App only.** The web portal has no Routes page. * **If the page shows Fail to load,** tap **Reload**. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Browse photos on a map](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-on-map/) * [Browse photos by member](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/) * [Clock in and out](/en/app/capture/clock-in-and-out/) * [Location or address is wrong or missing](/en/troubleshoot/location-inaccurate/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Projects > Organize photos by job site or work batch in Teamspace. [Create a project Group photos by client or site so field crew pick the right project when they capture. ](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/)[Import projects from CompanyCam Move your CompanyCam projects, photos, and files into Teamspace in one background import. ](/en/teamspace/projects/import-from-companycam/)[Add an address to a project Geo-locate a project so members get a reminder to select it when they arrive on site. ](/en/teamspace/projects/add-project-address/)[Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive From a project's settings, sign in to SharePoint or Google Drive so new photos upload there automatically. ](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/)[Manage project access Choose whether all team members or only selected members can see a project. ](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/)[Project docs Upload, preview, rename, and delete files on a project's Docs tab. ](/en/teamspace/projects/project-docs/)[Delete a project Remove a project from Teamspace. Its photos stay in All photos with no project assignment. ](/en/teamspace/projects/delete-project/) # Add an address to a project > Geo-locate a project so members get a reminder to select it when they arrive on site. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want members to be nudged to select the right project when they arrive at a job site. Adding a location pins the project to a physical address. Timemark then reminds anyone within the set range to switch to that project before capturing. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects All members; proximity reminder triggers within the set range ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### App [Section titled “App”](#app) 1. Open the project and tap the **Settings icon** in the top-right corner to open **Project Settings**. 2. Under **Location**, tap **+ Add location** (or tap the existing address to edit it). 3. Search for or confirm the address. 4. Set the **Range**, which is how close a member needs to be before the reminder fires. 5. Tap **Done**. To remove the address, tap the **trash icon** next to the address row. ### Web [Section titled “Web”](#web) 1. Go to **Projects** in the left sidebar and open the project. 2. Click **Edit Project**. 3. Under **Location**, click **+ Add location** (or the edit icon next to the existing address). 4. Search for and select the address. 5. Set the **Range**. 6. Click **Save**. To remove the address, click the **trash icon** next to the address row. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **The reminder is a suggestion, not a lock.** Members can ignore it and still capture photos under a different project. If you need strict project assignment, remind your team in your site briefing. * **Range limits.** The radius can be set from 0.06-5 mi in the US, or 0.1-8 km elsewhere. The unit follows your region automatically. * **Range too tight in dense urban areas.** GPS accuracy on phones is typically 5–15 metres. Setting a range under 0.1 mi in a dense area can mean the reminder never fires reliably. Start with 0.3 mi and adjust. * **One address per project.** Each project supports a single location. If a project spans multiple sites, consider splitting it into separate projects. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Delete a project](/en/teamspace/projects/delete-project/) * [Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) Last updated: June 30, 2026 # Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive > From a project's settings, sign in to SharePoint or Google Drive so new photos upload there automatically. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every new photo added to a project to land automatically in your team’s SharePoint or Google Drive, with no manual exports and no chasing crew for files. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner * Surface App and Web * Plan Business * Affects New photos only; existing photos are not back-filled ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### Connect a project [Section titled “Connect a project”](#connect-a-project) 1. Open the project and go to its **settings**. 2. Find **SharePoint** or **Google Drive** and tap **Connect**. 3. Sign in to your SharePoint or Google Drive account and grant Timemark access. 4. Pick the destination folder, then confirm. Once connected, every new photo added to the project uploads to that folder automatically. ### Change or remove a connection [Section titled “Change or remove a connection”](#change-or-remove-a-connection) 1. Open the project’s settings. 2. Open the existing **SharePoint** or **Google Drive** connection. 3. Pick a different folder, or tap **Disconnect** to stop syncing. Disconnecting stops future uploads. Photos already in the cloud folder stay there. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Existing photos aren’t back-filled.** Only photos added after you connect get uploaded. To move older photos, use a manual export instead. See [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) or [Export as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/). * **A broken connection shows in red.** This usually means Timemark lost access because the folder was moved, renamed, or its permissions changed. Reopen the connection, pick the folder again, and save. * **Use an admin account for SharePoint.** Signing in with a SharePoint admin account avoids the permission delays that can hit standard user accounts. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Add an address to a project](/en/teamspace/projects/add-project-address/) * [Export as ZIP](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-zip/) * [Export as PDF](/en/teamspace/exports/export-as-pdf/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Create a project > Group photos by client or site so field crew pick the right project when they capture. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You’re starting work for a new client or at a new site and want every photo from it grouped in one place, with no manual sorting afterward. ## What a project is [Section titled “What a project is”](#what-a-project-is) A project works like a folder. Name it by client (for example `Acme Corp`) or by site (for example `123 Main St`). Once it exists, field crew pick the project in the App before they capture, so photos land in the right place automatically. Add an **Address** to the project and Timemark prompts the nearest project when crew are on site nearby, so they don’t have to hunt for it. See [Add an address to a project](/en/teamspace/projects/add-project-address/). If different groups work different projects, set **project access** so each group sees only their own projects. That keeps everyone’s list short and easy to pick from. See [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/). ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Create Project" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Free plans are limited to 3 projects ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) ### On the Web [Section titled “On the Web”](#on-the-web) 1. In the left sidebar, click **By Project**. 2. Click **Create Project**. 3. Enter a project name, by client or by site. 4. Save. ### On the App [Section titled “On the App”](#on-the-app) 1. Open **Teamspace** and go to **Projects**. 2. Tap the plus (**+**) button. 3. Enter a project name. 4. Save. The project appears right away and shows up in every member’s App at the next refresh. ## Search before you create [Section titled “Search before you create”](#search-before-you-create) Before adding a project, search to make sure it doesn’t already exist. In the **By Project** view, type in the search box. Results are ranked by how closely each project name matches what you type. If the search finds nothing, a **Create Project** button appears in the empty results, so you can create it without clearing your search. ## Fields you can configure [Section titled “Fields you can configure”](#fields-you-can-configure) | Field | What it does | Notes | | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Project name | The label members see in the App and that columns sort by | Editable later | | Address | Optional site address that enables the proximity reminder and map filtering | See [Add an address to a project](/en/teamspace/projects/add-project-address/) | | Cloud connection | Upload this project’s new photos to SharePoint or Google Drive | See [Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) | You set the address and cloud connection from the project’s settings after you create it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Free has a 3-project ceiling.** Creating a 4th project shows an upgrade prompt. Delete old projects or upgrade to Business. See [Delete a project](/en/teamspace/projects/delete-project/). * **Keep capitalization consistent.** Some sort views treat names as case-sensitive, so always write `PID #1212`, never mixing `pid #1212`. * **Cloud connections only sync photos added after you connect.** Existing photos aren’t synced retroactively, so connect early. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Add an address to a project](/en/teamspace/projects/add-project-address/) * [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) * [Connect to SharePoint or Google Drive](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) * [Delete a project](/en/teamspace/projects/delete-project/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Delete a project > Remove a project from Teamspace. Its photos stay in All photos with no project assignment. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) A project is finished or was created by mistake and you want it off your project list. Deleting it keeps the photos. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Removes the project for everyone; photos are kept but lose their project label ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Open the project and go to its **settings**. 2. Tap **Delete project**. 3. Confirm in the dialog. ## What happens to the photos [Section titled “What happens to the photos”](#what-happens-to-the-photos) Deleting a project does not delete its photos. They stay in **All photos**, but with no project assignment. Filter All photos to find them again. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Photos are kept, not removed.** If your goal was to free storage, deleting the project won’t do it. Delete the photos separately from **All photos**. * **A cloud connection on the project stops.** If the project synced to SharePoint or Google Drive, that sync ends. Files already uploaded stay in the cloud folder. * **Deletion removes the project’s address and access list too.** Only the photos survive, and they lose their project label. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Browse photos by project](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-project/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Import projects from CompanyCam > Move your CompanyCam projects, photos, and files into Teamspace in one background import. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your team is moving from CompanyCam and you don’t want to re-upload years of job photos by hand. The import creates a new Timemark project for each CompanyCam project and copies its photos and files over. Photos keep their original capture time and GPS location. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any role with "Manage Team" enabled * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Imported projects are normal projects, visible to members with project access on App and Web You also need a CompanyCam login for the account you’re importing from. The import covers whatever that account can see in CompanyCam. ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. In the left sidebar, click **By Project**. 2. Click **Import**, next to **Create Project**. 3. Click **Connect CompanyCam**. 4. Sign in to CompanyCam and approve access. You land back on **By Project** and the import window reopens, listing your CompanyCam projects. 5. Check the projects you want, or check **Select all** to take every project in the account, including archived ones. 6. Pick a photo type: **Original** or **Modified** (see the table below). 7. For project files, keep **Include** or switch to **Skip**. 8. Click **Import N projects** (or **Import all**), then **Done**. The import runs in the background, so you can close the window. Each project card in **By Project** shows a blue **Importing…** line with a photo count until it finishes and becomes a normal project card. There’s no notification when it’s done; check the cards, or open the import window and click **Import history** for a per-project report. You can also start an import from **All Photos → Add Photo → Import**. It’s the same flow. ## Options and what carries over [Section titled “Options and what carries over”](#options-and-what-carries-over) | Option | Choices | Notes | | ------------- | ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Photo type | Original / Modified | One choice for the whole import. **Original** copies photos as captured. **Modified** copies CompanyCam’s annotated version with markups baked into the image. | | Project files | Include / Skip | **Include** copies supported file types into each project’s **Docs** tab. **Skip** imports photos only. | What carries over: projects (name and address), photos with capture time and GPS, and project files in [supported formats](/en/teamspace/projects/project-docs/). What doesn’t: videos, reports, photo comments, photo tags, checklists, and editable markups (annotations only come over flattened into the photo, via **Modified**). ## If a project fails to import [Section titled “If a project fails to import”](#if-a-project-fails-to-import) The card’s subtitle turns red: **Import failed · Retry**. Click **Retry** there, or on the project’s row in **Import history**. Retry tops up the missing photos and files in the same project. It never deletes the project or anything you’ve added to it, so photos you uploaded yourself are safe. If Timemark asks you to reconnect first, approve CompanyCam access again and re-run the import with the failed project checked; it’s topped up, not duplicated. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Set the photo source to All sources first.** If the team’s **Photo Source & Upload** setting is anything else, the import is blocked before it starts. Change it in [General settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/) and try again. * **Modified skips photos that were never annotated.** Only photos with a CompanyCam annotated version import in **Modified** mode. If most of your photos have no markups, pick **Original**. * **The import is a snapshot.** Photos added in CompanyCam after you click **Import** aren’t included. Importing the same project again brings them in, but as a second, duplicate project. * **Import progress is only visible to you.** Other members, including admins, see normal project cards. Only the person who started the import sees the progress line, failures, and **Import history**. * **Free teamspaces keep their 100-photo limit.** The import itself isn’t capped, but photos beyond the limit are blurred in Teamspace until the team upgrades to Business. See [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/). * **Some files are skipped.** Unsupported formats, files over 100 MB, and files beyond the 50-per-project cap don’t import. The skipped count shows under the project’s row in **Import history**. See [Project docs](/en/teamspace/projects/project-docs/) for the limits. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Project docs](/en/teamspace/projects/project-docs/) * [General settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) Last updated: August 19, 2026 # Manage project access > Choose whether all team members or only selected members can see a project, and add or remove who has access. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) By default every team member can see every project. When a project is sensitive or only relevant to part of the crew, switch it to **Selected Members** so only the people you add can see it and its photos. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, or any role with "Manage project access" enabled * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects In Selected Members mode, members you do not add lose visibility of the project on App and Web ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Open the project, then go to **Who Has Access**. 2. Choose an access mode: * **All Members**: every team member can see the project (this is the default). * **Selected Members**: only the members you add can see it. 3. If you switched to **Selected Members**, confirm the change in the dialog that appears. 4. To add people, tap **Add**, search for a member, select one or more, then tap **Done**. 5. To remove someone, tap the remove icon on that member’s row, then confirm. ## Access modes [Section titled “Access modes”](#access-modes) | Mode | Who can see the project | | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | **All Members** | Every current and future team member (default) | | **Selected Members** | Only the members you explicitly add | When you add members, the picker lists only people **not already** in the project, and results are ranked by how closely they match your search. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Switching from Selected Members back to All Members clears your selected list.** If you later switch to Selected Members again, you have to re-add everyone from scratch. * **New members are not auto-added to Selected Members projects.** They only inherit visibility on **All Members** projects. After someone joins the team, add them manually to any restricted project they need. * **An empty Add list means everyone is already in.** The picker hides members who already have access, so if it shows nothing, the whole team is already included. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Connect a project to cloud storage](/en/teamspace/projects/connect-project-to-cloud/) * [Access control](/en/teamspace/settings/access-control/) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Project docs > Upload, preview, rename, and delete files on a project's Docs tab. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) A project has a permit, drawing, spec sheet, or report that belongs with its photos. Keep those files on the project’s **Docs** tab so every member with project access can open them next to the captures. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin, or any member with project access * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Files are visible to all members with project access; max 50 files per project ## Upload a file [Section titled “Upload a file”](#upload-a-file) 1. Open the project and tap the **Docs** tab. (A project opens on the **Photos** tab by default.) 2. Tap the **+** button in the bottom-right corner. On an empty list, tap **Upload from device**. 3. Pick one or more files in the system picker. On the Web you can also drag files onto the list. 4. Each file uploads inline with a progress bar. Tap **✕** on a row to cancel that upload. ## Preview a file [Section titled “Preview a file”](#preview-a-file) 1. Open the project and tap the **Docs** tab. 2. Tap the file row. If it isn’t cached yet, the row shows **Loading %** while it downloads. 3. A **PDF** opens in the in-app viewer. Any other type opens in a system app (Android **Open with** / iOS **Open in**). ## Rename a file [Section titled “Rename a file”](#rename-a-file) 1. On the **Docs** tab, tap the **three-dot menu** (**⋯**) on the file row. 2. Tap **Rename**. 3. Edit the name in the bottom sheet. The file extension is locked and can’t be changed. 4. Tap **Save**. ## Delete a file [Section titled “Delete a file”](#delete-a-file) 1. On the **Docs** tab, tap the **three-dot menu** (**⋯**) on the file row. 2. Tap **Delete**. 3. Confirm in the dialog. ## Limits and file types [Section titled “Limits and file types”](#limits-and-file-types) | Item | Detail | | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | | Supported types | PDF, TXT, DOC, DOCX, XLS, XLSX, CSV, PPT, PPTX, KML, KMZ | | Opens in-app | PDF only (other types open in a system app) | | Files per project | 50 maximum | | File size | 100 MB per file | ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **50 files per project is a hard ceiling.** If you select more files than the remaining slots, only the first files that fit upload and the rest are dropped. Delete old files or use another project. * **Files over 100 MB are blocked before the upload starts.** Compress or split the file first. * **Duplicate file names are rejected.** Rename the file on your device, or rename the existing one in the list first. * **You can’t change a file extension when renaming.** You rename only the part in front of it. * **Deletion is team-wide.** Every member with project access loses the file. It isn’t a personal hide. Deleting also frees a slot toward the 50-file limit. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a project](/en/teamspace/projects/create-project/) * [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # Settings > Access control, member permissions, and general team settings. [General team settings Rename the team, set the photo source and camera-roll rules, and delete the team. ](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/)[Set the default camera mode Choose whether the team's camera opens in Photo, Clock, or Checklist mode. ](/en/teamspace/settings/set-default-camera-mode/)[Access control How access works in Teamspace, at the project level and the team level. ](/en/teamspace/settings/access-control/)[Member and access controls What each role can do, where custom roles live, and the All Photos vs Own only scopes. ](/en/teamspace/settings/member-access/) # Access control > How access works in Teamspace, at the project level and the team level. ## Where access is set [Section titled “Where access is set”](#where-access-is-set) Access in Teamspace is controlled in two places. Use the links below rather than changing things here. | Level | What it controls | Where to set it | | ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Project access | Who can open and act in a single project | [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) | | Member and team access | Each member’s role and the team-wide photo / project / team permissions | [Member and access controls](/en/teamspace/settings/member-access/) | ## Quick links [Section titled “Quick links”](#quick-links) * To change **which role** someone has, see [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/). * To change **what a role can do**, or to add a custom role, see [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/). * To restrict a single project to selected members, see [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Member and access controls](/en/teamspace/settings/member-access/) * [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) * [General team settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/) Last updated: June 28, 2026 # General team settings > Rename the team, set the photo source and camera-roll rules, and delete the team. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to rename the team, restrict how photos can enter Teamspace, control whether a copy of every capture lands in members’ phone camera rolls, or delete the team. These controls apply team-wide. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects All team members. Takes effect immediately ## Rename the team [Section titled “Rename the team”](#rename-the-team) 1. Go to **Settings → General**. 2. Click the **Team Name** row in the **INFORMATION** section. 3. Edit the input. 4. Click **Save**. ## Choose how photos can enter Teamspace [Section titled “Choose how photos can enter Teamspace”](#choose-how-photos-can-enter-teamspace) In the **PERMISSIONS → Photo Source & Upload** section, pick one of: | Option | Behavior | | ------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **All sources** | Photos from any source can be uploaded, including manual gallery uploads from a member’s phone. | | **Timemark photos only** | Only photos previously captured with Timemark can be uploaded. Blocks generic phone gallery imports. | | **Timemark capture only** | Prohibits all manual uploads. Captures must happen inside the App. The strictest setting. | ## Choose whether captures save to the camera roll [Section titled “Choose whether captures save to the camera roll”](#choose-whether-captures-save-to-the-camera-roll) In the **PERMISSIONS → Auto-Save to Camera Roll** section, pick one of: | Option | Behavior | | ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Save to device** | A copy of every Timemark capture is also saved to the system photo gallery. *(Default.)* Convenient for sharing outside Timemark. | | **Teamspace only** | Captures stay inside the Timemark App and Teamspace cloud. Nothing lands in the camera roll. | ## Delete the team [Section titled “Delete the team”](#delete-the-team) Team deletion is currently available only in the Timemark App, not on the web. Before you delete a team, transfer the **Team Owner** role to another member. A team always needs exactly one Owner. This is also done in the App, under **Teamspace → Settings**. 1. In the Timemark App, go to **Teamspace → Settings → Delete team**. 2. Confirm. Deleting a team removes its projects, photos, and templates from Teamspace. Export anything you need to keep first. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **“Timemark capture only” blocks legitimate uploads,** like a member who took a photo with the native camera by mistake. Use it only when you need strict capture provenance, such as legal evidence or audit. * **This page sets the team default, not a lock.** Each member can still change **Save to Teamspace only** for their own phone in the App settings. * **Switching the photo source from “All sources” to “Timemark capture only” doesn’t retroactively scrub past uploads.** It only affects future submissions. * **The photo source and camera-roll policies are Owner-controlled.** If those options are greyed out, you’re not the Team Owner. * **Team deletion can’t be undone.** Export anything you need first. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Access control](/en/teamspace/settings/access-control/) * [Member and access controls](/en/teamspace/settings/member-access/) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Member and access controls > What each built-in role can do, where custom roles live, and what the All Photos vs Own only scopes mean. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want to understand or audit the team’s permission model before changing it. This is the conceptual reference for **Settings → Members & Access**. To actually edit a role or change a member’s role, follow the linked how-tos. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin (to change); any member (to view) * Surface App and Web * Plan Free · Business ## The three permission categories [Section titled “The three permission categories”](#the-three-permission-categories) Every role in Teamspace is built from toggles in three categories: | Category | Permissions | Scope values | | ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | | **PHOTOS** | View photos / Edit photos / Move photos / Delete photos / Download photos | **All Photos** / **Own only** / **Deny** | | **PROJECTS** | Create Project / Edit Project / Delete Project / Manage project access | On / Off | | **TEAM** | Invite people to team / Remove people from team | On / Off | **Edit photos** controls editing on the photo preview page in Teamspace: the markup tools on the side (the draw, text, arrow, and rectangle buttons) and the **Note** tool. These edit the watermark and markup on the photo, for example to fix a typo in a note. The capture time and location stay locked no matter what this permission is set to. See [Why I can’t edit the time on a photo](/en/troubleshoot/cannot-edit-time/). ## Built-in roles [Section titled “Built-in roles”](#built-in-roles) | Role | Description (in the UI) | Editable? | | -------------- | ------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Team Owner** | Complete control over Teamspace | No. Permissions are locked, and there is exactly one Owner per team. | | **Admin** | Manage projects and settings | Yes. Can be customized per team. | | **Member** | Take and view photos | Yes. Can be customized per team. By default, Members have “Own only” for Edit, Delete, and Move, and “All Photos” for View and Download. | Roles are not a fixed list. You can add **custom roles** in **Members & Access → Custom Roles → + Add Role** with any combination of toggles. ## The All Photos vs Own only scope [Section titled “The All Photos vs Own only scope”](#the-all-photos-vs-own-only-scope) For each PHOTOS permission, you choose what set of photos it applies to: * **All Photos** is every photo in the team, no matter who captured it. * **Own only** is just the photos this member personally captured. The intent of “Own only” for Edit, Delete, and Move on the default Member role is to prevent crew members from accidentally changing each other’s captures, while still letting them View and Download the full team library for context. ## How to change something [Section titled “How to change something”](#how-to-change-something) | Want to | Read this | | ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Change which role someone has | [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) | | Change what a role can do | [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) | | Add a brand-new role | [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/), “Create a custom role” section | | Restrict a single project | [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) | | Remove someone from the team | [Remove a team member](/en/teamspace/members/remove-member/) | ## What’s not in this product yet [Section titled “What’s not in this product yet”](#whats-not-in-this-product-yet) Some features that “access control” can imply on other tools are not in Timemark Teamspace today: * **IP allow-lists**: no IP-based restriction. * **Device pinning**: no per-device approval. * **SAML / SSO**: listed as an Enterprise feature, coming soon. * **Mandatory 2FA**: not a team-level toggle. Members manage 2FA on their own login. If you need any of these, contact [support](mailto:support@timemark.com) to discuss the Enterprise track. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Customize a member role](/en/teamspace/members/customize-member-role/) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) * [Manage project access](/en/teamspace/projects/manage-project-access/) * [Enterprise plan status](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/) Last updated: August 5, 2026 # Set the default camera mode > Choose whether your team's camera opens in Photo, Clock, or Checklist mode. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) Your crew mostly uses Timemark to clock in, or to work through a checklist. You want the camera to open straight in that mode so nobody has to switch every time they start the App. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, or any role with "Manage Team" enabled * Surface App * Plan Free · Business * Affects Every member of the current team, from their next App start ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. In the App, switch to the team you want to set up. 2. Open **Teamspace → Settings**, then tap **Default camera mode**. The current mode shows on the right. 3. Pick **Photo**, **Clock**, or **Checklist**. The preview at the top changes to match. 4. Tap **Save**. New teams start on **Photo**. The setting belongs to the team, so each team you manage has its own. ## What members see [Section titled “What members see”](#what-members-see) Nothing changes while a member has the App open. The next time they start the App fresh, it opens in the team’s default mode, and they see a one-time note such as “Your team admin set Clock as the default mode.” They tap **Got it** to close it. An unfinished task comes first. If a member is still clocked in, or has a checklist in progress, the App reopens that task instead. The default mode applies once they clock out, submit, or reset the checklist. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Leaving without Save keeps the old mode.** Save stays greyed out until you pick a mode that’s different from the saved one. * **Checklist needs a template first.** If the team has none, picking **Checklist** offers **Create checklist** or **Not now**. Publishing a template doesn’t set the default for you. Come back afterwards, pick **Checklist**, and tap **Save**. * **Deleting the last checklist template switches the default back to Photo.** Members don’t get a note about this change. * **Members don’t see this option.** Only the Team Owner and roles with **Manage Team** can open it. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Clock in and out](/en/app/capture/clock-in-and-out/) * [Use a Checklist](/en/app/capture/use-checklist/) * [General team settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Team Templates > Set team-wide Photo Templates and checklist templates members capture with. [Photo Templates Create team Photo Templates and lock every member to them, so every photo carries the same watermark. ](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/)[Checklist Templates Build step-by-step photo checklists members follow in the App. ](/en/teamspace/templates/checklist-templates/) # Checklist Templates > Build step-by-step photo checklists members follow in the App. [Create a checklist template Build a step-by-step photo checklist members work through in the App. Created in the App, read and exported on the web. ](/en/teamspace/templates/checklist-templates/create-checklist-template/) # Create a checklist template > Build a step-by-step photo checklist so members capture each task in order. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want crews to capture a job step by step, such as before and after shots, inspections, or quality checks, so nothing is missed and every photo maps to a task. Create a checklist template and publish it to the team, and members work through it in the App. Checklist templates can currently be created only in the Timemark App. Teamspace on the web has a **Checklists** page for reading and exporting what members submit, but its **+ Create Checklist** button just points you back to the App. This is the opposite of Photo Templates, which are created on the web. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface App * Plan Free · Business * Affects All team members; a published checklist appears in their Checklist tab ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. In the App, open the **Checklist** tab. 2. Tap **Create a checklist**, or **+ New checklist** from the switcher. 3. Choose a preset to start from (**Before & After**, **Inspect Checklist**, or **Quality Check**), or tap **+ Create from scratch** for a blank checklist. A blank checklist starts with two required Photo steps. 4. Enter a checklist **Name**. It’s required and can be up to 100 characters. 5. Tap **+ Add Step** and pick a step type (see the table below). Drag the handle on a step to reorder it. 6. Set each step’s options from its **•••** menu, including the **Required** toggle. 7. Tap **Publish**, then confirm. Publishing checks that the checklist has a name and at least one step. A toast confirms the checklist is published, and team members see it in their **Checklist** tab. ## Step types [Section titled “Step types”](#step-types) | Type | Use it for | Options | | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **Photo** | Capture a photo or video for the step. The camera shows the step name while capturing. | Media type (**Photo/Video**, **Photo only**, **Video only**), Required | | **Text** | A written note or description | Required | | **Number** | A numeric value such as hours or counts, kept separate from text for easy totals | Required | | **Yes/No** | A fixed **Yes** / **No** / **N/A** answer | Required | | **Choice** | Single or multiple choice from your own options | Options (up to 1,000), Multiple choice, Required | | **Signature** | A handwritten sign-off, such as from an inspector or the customer. Add as many as you need. | Required (on by default), **Require signer name** (off by default) | Character limits: checklist name up to 100, step name up to 50, each Choice option up to 50. ## What members do [Section titled “What members do”](#what-members-do) A published checklist appears in each member’s **Checklist** tab. They work through the steps in any order, capture or fill in each one, and tap **Submit** once all required steps are done. Submissions roll up on the **Checklists** page in Teamspace, and under the **Checklists** tab of the project they were linked to. See [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Checklist templates can’t be created or edited on the web yet.** Use the Timemark App. On the web, **+ Create Checklist** opens a dialog pointing you to the App. * **A Choice step needs a step name and at least two options** before you can save it. * **Submitted checklists are final.** Neither admins nor members can edit or delete a submitted record. If a photo in a submission is later deleted, it shows a placeholder labeled “Deleted by \[name] · \[date]”. * **Turn on Require signer name if you need to know who signed.** With it off, members see only the signing pad and no name is recorded. * **Editing a published template doesn’t change checklists members already submitted.** Only new submissions use the updated steps. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [View checklist submissions](/en/teamspace/checklists/view-checklist-submissions/) * [Create a Team Photo Template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/create-photo-template/) * [Enforce team-only templates](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) * [Manage permissions](/en/teamspace/members/manage-permissions/) Last updated: September 24, 2026 # Photo Templates > Create team Photo Templates and lock every member to them. [Create a Team Photo Template Add a team Photo Template, choose its fields, and set what members can edit. ](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/create-photo-template/)[Enforce team-only templates The point of Team Templates: lock every member to your team's Photo Templates so no one uses personal or built-in ones. ](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/)[Delete a template Remove a Team Photo Template. Existing photos keep their watermark; members on it switch to another. ](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/delete-template/) # Create a team Photo Template > Add a team Photo Template, choose its fields, and set what members can edit. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) You want every member’s photos to carry the same watermark: same fields, same default values, same logo. Build a Team Photo Template in Teamspace, then [lock members to it](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) so no one falls back to a personal or built-in template. You can keep more than one team template (for example one per job type) and members pick from the set. The same editor handles first creation and later edits. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects All team members on App version > 10.0.115 ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. In the left sidebar, expand **Team Templates** and click **Photo Templates**. 2. Click **+ Add Template**. To edit an existing one instead, click the **pencil** icon in its row. 3. In **Select Template**, pick a starting point, **Default watermark** or **Custom watermark**, then click **Continue**. 4. Click the template name at the top and rename it to something members recognize, such as `Site check` or `Pre-install`. 5. Toggle the fields you want on in the left field list. Configure each one in the middle pane (formats, default values, logo, map style). 6. For each field, set **Member Permissions**: leave it editable so members can change the value, or mark it read-only so they see it but can’t edit. 7. To add a free-form field, click **+ Add Custom Note** at the bottom of the list (for example `PID #` or `Job code`). 8. Watch the live **Preview** on the right, then click **Save**. 9. If team templates aren’t enabled yet, an **Enable** prompt appears. Click **Enable** to turn them on for the team now, or **Not Now** to enable later. ## Configuring fields [Section titled “Configuring fields”](#configuring-fields) The fields and per-field options work the same as a personal template, so the mechanics aren’t repeated here. See [Edit a template](/en/app/photo-template/edit-template/) for what each field stamps and how to set logo, time, map, and coordinate options. What’s specific to a **team** template: | Behavior | Detail | | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Time and Address | Always on. You can’t turn them off, and members can’t change the captured values. | | Member Permissions | Per field, choose editable or read-only. Option fields can also allow members to type their own value. | | Default values | A value you set here is pre-filled on every member’s photo. Leave blank for members to fill in. | | Logo | Uploaded inside the editor and shared by the whole team. | | Limits | Up to 20 custom fields per template, and up to 200 options in an Option field. | The **AI Setup Assistant** on the right of the editor can suggest a field set from a plain-language prompt (for example “construction site watermark”) and find a company logo. Its suggestions only apply after you click **Apply**. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Team templates can only be created and edited in Teamspace on the web.** The App shows and applies them but can’t edit them. * **Edits don’t change existing photos.** Photos already taken keep the watermark they had at capture. * **Only one admin can edit a template at a time.** If someone else has it open, you’ll see a notice with their name. Try again once they’re done. * **A logo lives inside each template.** If your branding changes, update every template that has Logo enabled. * **Members on App version 10.0.115 or earlier don’t get team templates** and keep using their personal watermark until they update. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Enforce team-only templates](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) * [Create a checklist template](/en/teamspace/templates/checklist-templates/create-checklist-template/) * [Delete a template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/delete-template/) * [Switch template (App)](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) Last updated: June 30, 2026 # Delete a template > Remove a Team Photo Template; existing photos keep their watermark. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) A template was for a project that’s over, was made by mistake, or has been replaced. Removing it cleans up the set members choose from. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects Members using this template switch to another team template at next App start. Existing photos are unaffected ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Go to **Team Templates → Photo Templates**. 2. Find the template in the list and click the **trash** icon in its **Actions** column. 3. Confirm in the dialog. ## What happens to members and photos [Section titled “What happens to members and photos”](#what-happens-to-members-and-photos) * **Photos already taken keep their watermark.** Deletion doesn’t touch existing images. * **A member currently using the deleted template** is switched to another team template at next App start and sees a short notice. * **If it was the last team template** (or enforcement is off), members go back to their personal watermark. * The template’s data (name, fields, options) is gone. To get it back you have to rebuild it. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Don’t delete the last template while enforcement is on.** Members will drop to their personal watermark. Create a replacement first, or turn enforcement off. * **Deletion isn’t recoverable in the UI.** Screenshot the field setup first if you might need it. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a Team Photo Template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/create-photo-template/) * [Enforce team-only templates](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/enforce-team-templates/) Last updated: June 29, 2026 # Enforce team-only templates > Lock every member to your team's Photo Templates so no one uses personal or built-in ones. ## When you’d do this [Section titled “When you’d do this”](#when-youd-do-this) This is the real point of Team Templates. Once you’ve built one or more team Photo Templates, turn on enforcement so every member captures with them, with no personal templates and no built-in styles. Every photo carries the same fields, which makes auditing and exports consistent. Enforcement doesn’t pin members to a single template. They still choose from the team’s set, they just can’t use anything outside it. ## What you need [Section titled “What you need”](#what-you-need) * Role Team Owner, Team Admin * Surface Web * Plan Free · Business * Affects All team members on App version > 10.0.115. Members on older versions keep their personal watermark ## Steps [Section titled “Steps”](#steps) 1. Go to **Team Templates → Photo Templates**. 2. At the top of the list, toggle **Limit all members to Team templates only** on. 3. It takes effect with no separate save. Members pick it up the next time they open the App. To turn it off, toggle it off and confirm. Members get their personal templates and the built-in styles back right away. ## What members see [Section titled “What members see”](#what-members-see) * **First time you turn it on:** the App switches each member to the first team template automatically and shows a one-time banner. They don’t have to do anything. * **They can switch** between your team templates from the team watermark list, but they can’t disable the watermark or pick a personal one. * **They can still edit** any field you left editable, and fill in fields you left blank. Read-only fields show but can’t be changed. * **When you turn enforcement off** (or delete every team template), members go back to their personal watermark immediately. ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **Keep at least one team template while enforcement is on.** If you delete the last one, members fall back to their personal watermark. * **There’s no per-project or per-role override.** Enforcement is team-wide. * **It doesn’t change existing photos**, only future captures. * **Members on App version 10.0.115 or earlier keep their personal watermark** until they update, so they won’t be enforced. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a Team Photo Template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/create-photo-template/) * [Delete a template](/en/teamspace/templates/photo-templates/delete-template/) * [Switch template (App)](/en/app/photo-template/switch-template/) Last updated: June 30, 2026 # Troubleshoot > Common problems and how to fix them: sync issues, missing photos, login problems, and more. [Photos not syncing from app to Teamspace What to check when photos taken on the App don't appear in Teamspace. ](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-syncing/)[I took photos but they didn't save or I can't find them Where Timemark photos go after capture, and why a shot may be missing. ](/en/troubleshoot/photos-didnt-save/)[Photos not showing or won't send in WhatsApp, Line, or Messenger Why Timemark photos don't show up or won't send in a chat app, and how to send them anyway. ](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-showing-in-whatsapp/)[Camera not working (black screen, can't switch, dark, no sound) Camera and microphone permissions, another app using the camera, dark photos, crash on open. ](/en/troubleshoot/camera-not-working/)[Login issues Email verification, password reset, SSO problems. ](/en/troubleshoot/login-issues/)[I paid for Plus but it's not active Restore a purchase, store-account mismatch, switching devices, Plus vs Teamspace. ](/en/troubleshoot/plus-not-active/)[Some team photos are blurred Why Teamspace photos blur when the team isn't on active Business, and how to check your plan. ](/en/troubleshoot/team-photos-blurred/)[Why I can't edit the time on a photo Time and location are immutable by design. What you can still edit. ](/en/troubleshoot/cannot-edit-time/)[Location or address is wrong or missing Why GPS or the address can be off, blank, or not shown on the watermark. ](/en/troubleshoot/location-inaccurate/)[Clock-in records or timesheet are missing The 45-day local limit, offline clock-ins, and where team records live. ](/en/troubleshoot/attendance-records-missing/)[Export failed Large batches, network issues, storage limits. ](/en/troubleshoot/export-failed/)[A member can't see their photos in Teamspace Permission scope (Own only vs All Photos), removed-from-team scenarios. ](/en/troubleshoot/member-cannot-see-photos/) # Clock-in records or timesheet are missing > Why attendance records disappear from the App, and where to find them if you're on a team. Clock records are stored on the device first, and synced to Teamspace only if you’ve joined a team. Most “missing timesheet” reports come down to the 45-day local limit or a clock-in that happened offline. Open **Clock** on the camera screen, then **My Timesheet**, to see what’s currently on the device. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **Records older than 45 days dropped off the device** Only the last 45 days of Clock records are kept on the phone. Older entries are removed automatically. * If you’ve joined a team, older records are still in **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock** in the App. The web portal has no Time clock page. * To keep records long-term, open **My Timesheet** and tap **Excel** to export them before they age out. **You clocked in or out while offline** The photo and record save locally even with no signal, but they only upload to Teamspace once the App is back online. Until then a teammate or admin won’t see them. * Reconnect to Wi-Fi or data and reopen the App so pending records sync. * The local record is still in **My Timesheet** even while offline, so your time is not lost. **You’re checking the wrong place** Your own records live in **My Timesheet** in the App. The team-wide view lives in **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock**. They are not the same screen. * Solo users: use **My Timesheet**. * Team members: also check **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock** in the App for the full history. **Your permissions only show your own records** In **Time clock**, you see the records your **View photos** permission allows. If it’s set to your own photos only, other members’ records don’t appear. * Ask the Team Owner or Team Admin to check your role if you need the team-wide view. **A date filter is limiting the view** If **My Timesheet** is set to a narrow date range, records outside it won’t show. * Widen the date range in **My Timesheet** to see all kept records. **You were removed from the team** If you were removed from a Teamspace, you lose access to the team-side **Time clock** history. Records still on your device remain in **My Timesheet**. * Ask the Team Owner or Team Admin to export the team-side records you need. **The record was deleted** Clock records can be deleted. In **Teamspace → Activity → Time clock**, tapping a record’s photo and then **Delete** offers to remove just the photo or the entire record. Records can also be deleted from **My Timesheet** in the App. * Check whether the member deleted a mistaken clock-in or clock-out themselves. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * The capture time and location on each clock photo are set automatically and can’t be edited. * Because the device keeps only 45 days, export anything tied to payroll as soon as a pay period closes. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Clock in and out](/en/app/capture/clock-in-and-out/) * [Photos not syncing from app to Teamspace](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-syncing/) * [A member can’t see their photos in Teamspace](/en/troubleshoot/member-cannot-see-photos/) # Camera not working (black screen, can't switch, dark, blurry, or no sound) > Why the in-app camera shows black, won't switch, looks dark, crashes, or records video without sound, and how to fix it. If the camera screen is black, frozen, dark, or the App closes when you open it, the cause is usually a permission or a conflict with another app, not your phone’s hardware. A quick test: open your phone’s built-in Camera app. If that works but Timemark doesn’t, the fixes below apply. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **Camera permission isn’t granted** A black or frozen viewfinder almost always means Timemark doesn’t have camera permission. * Open your phone’s **Settings → Apps → Timemark → Permissions** and turn **Camera** on. * On iOS: **Settings → Timemark → Camera**. * Force-quit Timemark and reopen it after changing the permission. **Video records without sound** Timemark uses **Microphone** permission only to record audio while you record video. * Open your phone’s **Settings → Apps → Timemark → Permissions** and turn **Microphone** on. * On iOS: **Settings → Timemark → Microphone**. * Record a short test video after changing the permission. **Another app is still using the camera** If a video call, scanner, or another camera app is open in the background, it can hold the camera and leave Timemark with a black screen. * Close all other apps, then reopen Timemark. * If it persists, restart the phone to release the camera. **The App crashes when opening the camera** A crash on launch is usually an outdated build or a full device storage. * Update Timemark to the latest version from your app store. * Free up storage on the phone, then reopen. * If it still crashes, reinstall the App. Your synced photos stay safe in Teamspace or your connected cloud. **Photos look dark, even though the phone camera is bright** This is usually the flash mode or low ambient light, not a defect. * Tap **Flash** on the camera screen and set it to **Auto**, **On**, or **Torch** for low-light scenes. * Wait a moment after opening the camera so exposure can adjust before you tap the shutter. **Tapping the camera switch does nothing** The front/rear switch sits on the main camera screen. If it won’t flip, the camera is likely held by another app or the build is outdated. * Close background apps and update the App, then try the **camera switch** again. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * **Beauty** options appear only on the front camera. On the rear camera the same button stays as **Filter**. This is by design, not a missing feature. * Hardware faults are rare. If the built-in phone Camera app is also black or dark, the issue is the device, not Timemark. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Take a photo](/en/app/capture/take-photo/) * [Photo quality](/en/app/settings/photo-quality/) * [Camera settings](/en/app/settings/) # Why I can't edit the time on a photo > Time and location are locked at capture by design. Here's what you can still edit, plus how to fix a wrong timezone. Timemark locks the timestamp and GPS location on every photo at the moment of capture. These fields can’t be changed afterward, by design. ## Why time and location are locked [Section titled “Why time and location are locked”](#why-time-and-location-are-locked) The timestamp and GPS coordinates are the core of Timemark’s photo verification. Locking them after capture keeps the Photo Code tied to the original capture record. Editing the timestamp or location would invalidate the Photo Code and break verification in Verify Center. ## What you can edit [Section titled “What you can edit”](#what-you-can-edit) You can still change these after a photo is taken: * **Watermark fields**: Notes, title, and other template fields, via Edit watermark. * **Logo**: add, crop, or replace the logo on the watermark. * **Template layout**: switch or adjust the template style. ## If your time is wrong [Section titled “If your time is wrong”](#if-your-time-is-wrong) Timemark gets the photo time from Timemark’s servers. It gets the time zone from your phone’s location. Daylight saving time is applied automatically. Most time problems are fixed by refreshing the time and time zone: 1. Turn on location for Timemark in your phone settings. 2. Connect to the internet. 3. Open Timemark again. **The time is off by several hours, or shows the wrong time zone (for example GMT-5)** After travel, the app may still use the time zone from the last place it synced. * Use the refresh steps above. **The time is off by exactly one hour** First, use the refresh steps above. If it is still off by one hour, your phone may not have the newest daylight saving time rules. This can happen on some Android phones. * Contact . **The time shows `--`** Timemark shows `--` when it cannot confirm the real time. This can happen if the app has not connected to the internet since it was installed or since the phone restarted. * Connect to the internet and open Timemark again. Time and location are locked at capture. Fixing the time only changes photos you take afterward. To avoid it: turn on location for Timemark in your phone settings and connect to the internet before taking photos in a new place. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Edit a photo’s watermark](/en/app/preview/edit-watermark/) * [Verify a photo](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/) * [Photo Code](/en/app/authenticity/photo-code/) # Export failed > Large batches, network issues, and storage limits. If your export fails, one of the following is usually the cause. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **Too many photos** Each export supports a maximum of 100 photos (300 for ZIP). If your selection exceeds this, split it into smaller batches and export separately. **Network issue** Exports require a stable internet connection throughout the process. If your connection drops mid-export, the export fails. * Switch to Wi-Fi if you’re on mobile data. * Move to an area with better signal. * Tap **Generate** to retry the export. **Left the page during export** You must stay on the export page while the file is being prepared. Leaving the page cancels the export. * Stay on the page until you see the share sheet or download prompt. **Storage limit reached** On the personal Free plan, you get 5 exports per format (PDF, Excel, ZIP, KMZ, Link). If you’ve used them up, upgrade to Plus for unlimited personal exports. Team exports in Teamspace aren’t subject to this per-format quota. ## If none of the above applies [Section titled “If none of the above applies”](#if-none-of-the-above-applies) Tap **Generate** to retry. If the export keeps failing, contact support at with your device model and the export format you’re trying to use. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Export photos as PDF](/en/app/tools/export-to-pdf/) * [Export photos as ZIP](/en/app/tools/export-to-zip/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) # Location or address is wrong or missing > Why GPS or the address can be off, blank, or not shown on the watermark, and how to fix it. If the location or address on your photo looks wrong, is blank, or doesn’t appear at all, it’s usually one of the cases below. ## The address or map isn’t showing at all [Section titled “The address or map isn’t showing at all”](#the-address-or-map-isnt-showing-at-all) **Location permission is off** With no location permission, Timemark records no GPS, so the address and map are blank or show a default value. * Turn on location for Timemark: **Settings → Apps → Timemark → Permissions → Location** (Android) or **Settings → Timemark → Location** (iOS), set to **Always** or **While Using**. * On iOS, also turn on **Precise Location**, or only an approximate area is recorded. **The Map or Address field is turned off in the watermark** If the template has the **Map** or **Address** field switched off, the GPS is still captured but not drawn on the photo. * Tap the **edit icon** on the watermark and toggle **Map** and **Address** back on. **GPS hadn’t locked yet, or you’re indoors** Indoors or right after opening the App, the phone may not have a fix yet, leaving the address empty. * Go outdoors or near a window, wait a few seconds for GPS to lock, then capture. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **GPS signal was weak at capture time** Timemark records the GPS coordinates at the moment you tap the shutter. If your phone hadn’t locked onto a strong GPS signal yet, the coordinates may be inaccurate. * Wait a few seconds after opening the app before capturing, to let GPS lock. * Move outdoors or away from tall buildings for a stronger signal. * Check that Location Services is set to **Always** or **While Using** for Timemark in your phone settings. **Address was geocoded incorrectly** Timemark converts GPS coordinates into a readable address using reverse geocoding. In remote areas or places with incomplete map data, the address shown may not match the actual location. * The GPS coordinates themselves may still be accurate even if the address text looks wrong. * You can verify the coordinates by checking the photo in Verify Center. **Location Services was off** If Location Services was disabled when the photo was taken, no GPS data was recorded and the location field will be empty or show a default value. * Enable Location Services for Timemark in your phone settings and retake the photo. **Wrong timezone or region setting** If your phone’s region is set incorrectly, the address format may display unexpectedly. * Check your phone’s language and region settings. ## What you cannot do [Section titled “What you cannot do”](#what-you-cannot-do) GPS coordinates and location data are locked after capture and can’t be edited. This is by design. Editing location would invalidate the photo’s verification. See [Why I can’t edit the time on a photo](/en/troubleshoot/cannot-edit-time/). ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Why I can’t edit the time on a photo](/en/troubleshoot/cannot-edit-time/) * [Verify a photo](/en/app/authenticity/verify-photo/) * [Camera settings](/en/app/settings/) # Login issues > Email verification, password reset, and SSO problems. If you’re having trouble signing in to Timemark or Teamspace, work through the steps below. ## Can’t receive verification email [Section titled “Can’t receive verification email”](#cant-receive-verification-email) Timemark uses email verification to sign in. There’s no password to set. * Check your spam or junk folder. * Make sure you typed the correct email address. * Wait a few minutes and request a new verification email. * If you use a company email, ask your IT team if emails from timemark.com are being blocked. ## Verification email link not working [Section titled “Verification email link not working”](#verification-email-link-not-working) * Verification links expire after a short time. Request a new one and use it immediately. * Don’t open the link on a different device or browser than the one you requested it from. ## Signed in but can’t see my team [Section titled “Signed in but can’t see my team”](#signed-in-but-cant-see-my-team) * Make sure you’re signing in with the same email address you were invited with. * Ask your Team Owner to confirm which email address the invite was sent to. * If you were recently invited, try pulling down to refresh the app. ## Can’t access Teamspace on the web [Section titled “Can’t access Teamspace on the web”](#cant-access-teamspace-on-the-web) * Make sure you’re going to teamspace.timemark.com. * Try a different browser or clear your browser cache. * Disable browser extensions that may block redirects. ## SSO login issues (Enterprise only) [Section titled “SSO login issues (Enterprise only)”](#sso-login-issues-enterprise-only) SAML SSO is an Enterprise feature. If your organization uses SSO and you’re having trouble: * Confirm with your IT admin that your account is provisioned in the identity provider (Okta, Azure AD, Google Workspace, etc.). * Make sure the SSO metadata has been exchanged with Timemark. Contact support if setup is incomplete. ## Still can’t log in [Section titled “Still can’t log in”](#still-cant-log-in) Contact support at with: * The email address you’re trying to sign in with * Whether you’re on iOS, Android, or web * A screenshot of any error message you see ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Create a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/create-team/) * [Join a team](/en/teamspace/get-started/join-a-team/) * [Enterprise plan status](/en/plans-billing/enterprise-plan-status/) # A member can't see their photos in Teamspace > Permission scope (Own only vs All Photos) and removed-from-team scenarios. If a member says their photos aren’t showing up in Teamspace, one of the following is usually the cause. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **Photos are set to “Own only” view** By default, members may only see their own photos, not the full team’s All Photos view. This is a permission setting controlled by the Team Owner, Team Admin. * As Team Owner, Team Admin, go to **Settings → Members & Access** and check the member’s photo visibility permissions. * Change to **All Photos** if the member needs to see the full team’s uploads. **Photos weren’t uploaded to Teamspace** Taking a photo in the Timemark App doesn’t automatically upload it to Teamspace unless Auto save to Teamspace is enabled. * Ask the member to check that **Auto save to Teamspace** is turned on in their App settings. * Photos can also be uploaded manually from the App. **Member is looking at the wrong project or filter** If a project or member filter is active, photos outside that filter won’t show. * Tap the **Time Range**, **Projects**, **Members**, and **Type** filters and make sure nothing is restricting the view. * Switch to **All Photos** to see everything. **Member was removed from the team** If a member was removed, their profile page shows “The user you’re looking for no longer exists.” Their photos are not deleted, though. They remain visible in All Photos. * Go to **All Photos** and filter by the former member’s name to find their photos. **Free plan photo cap reached** Free plan Teamspace holds a maximum of 100 photos. Once the cap is hit, new uploads won’t appear until older photos are deleted or the team upgrades to Business. * Go to **Settings → Plan & Billing** to check current photo usage. * Upgrade to Business for more capacity. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * Removing a member from the team does not delete their photos. Photos stay in All Photos. * Photos uploaded before a member joined the team are not visible to them by default. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Browse photos by member](/en/teamspace/photos/browse-by-member/) * [Filter photos by type, date, or tag](/en/teamspace/photos/filter-photos/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) # I took photos but they didn't save or I can't find them > Where Timemark photos go after capture, and why a shot may be missing. If a photo you just took isn’t where you expect, it’s almost always one of the cases below. Start by tapping **Preview** on the camera screen, then **All photos**, since it lists every Timemark capture. If the photo is there, it saved fine and the problem is where you’re looking for it. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **Your gallery app doesn’t show the Timemark folder** On Android, Timemark saves captures to the `DCIM/Timemark` folder unless you’ve picked another one under **Settings → Photo Save Location**, so they are on your phone. But some gallery apps only show `DCIM/Camera` in their main feed, which makes Timemark photos look missing. * Open your gallery app’s **Albums** or folders view and look for the **Timemark** album. * If the photo shows in the gallery but won’t show up or send inside WhatsApp, Line, or Messenger, that’s a separate issue. See [Photos not showing or won’t send in a chat app](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-showing-in-whatsapp/). **Auto-Save to Camera Roll is set to Teamspace only** By default every capture also saves a copy to the phone’s gallery (**Save to device**). If **Auto-Save to Camera Roll** is set to **Teamspace only**, captures stay inside the App and Teamspace, and nothing lands in the gallery. * In the App’s **Settings**, turn off **Save to Teamspace only**. * The team default comes from [General team settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/). Changing the switch in the App affects only your phone. **Edit before save was on and the shot was discarded** With **Edit before save** turned on, every photo waits on a confirmation screen and is only kept after you tap **✓**. Tapping **✕**, pressing back, or leaving the App on that screen discards the shot. * Check whether [Edit before save](/en/app/settings/edit-before-save/) is on. If you don’t want the confirm step, turn it off so shots save automatically. **The photo was taken offline and hasn’t uploaded yet** Capture works offline, but cloud backup and team sync only run when the App has a connection. The photo is on the device but not yet in Google Drive, OneDrive, or Teamspace. * Reconnect to Wi-Fi or data and reopen the App. Offline photos upload in the background once you’re online. * Confirm the shot exists locally first under **Preview → All photos**. **Device or Teamspace storage was full** If your phone storage is full, the photo may fail to write. On a Free Teamspace, only 100 photos are kept, so new uploads stop appearing once the cap is hit. * Free up space on your phone, or delete older photos / upgrade to Business for more Teamspace capacity. **The photo was deleted** Deleted photos are not kept in a Timemark trash. Check any export, Cloud Backup, or team copy that may already exist. * Going forward, turn on Cloud Backup so every capture has a second copy automatically. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * Export or back up anything you need to keep before deleting. * If a shot only exists on the device and the phone is lost or reset, Timemark has no copy to restore from unless Cloud Backup or team sync was on at capture time. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Save original photo](/en/app/settings/save-original/) * [General team settings](/en/teamspace/settings/general-settings/) * [Auto-backup your photos to Google Drive or OneDrive](/en/app/tools/auto-backup-to-cloud/) * [Delete a photo](/en/app/preview/delete-photo/) * [Photos not syncing from app to Teamspace](/en/troubleshoot/photos-not-syncing/) # Photos not showing or won't send in WhatsApp, Line, or Messenger > Why Timemark photos don't show up or won't send in a chat app, and how to send them anyway. On a small number of device models, Timemark photos won’t send in WhatsApp (WA), Line, Messenger, or another chat app. In the chat app’s photo picker the photo doesn’t show up properly: it opens as a black image, or can’t be selected at all. The same photo looks normal in the phone’s gallery. This includes photos taken for attendance check-ins, which behave like any other Timemark photo. The fix is to send the photo from inside Timemark. The photo itself is not damaged. On the affected devices the saved file lacks an identifier that some chat apps’ pickers expect, so the picker fails to load it. ## Send the photo from Timemark instead [Section titled “Send the photo from Timemark instead”](#send-the-photo-from-timemark-instead) 1. Tap **Preview** on the camera screen. 2. Tap the photo you want to send. 3. Tap **Share** and choose the chat app. Photos shared this way send normally. To send several at once, tap **All photos** at the top right of Preview, select them, then tap **Share**. See [Share a photo](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/) for all sharing options. ## Help us find the cause [Section titled “Help us find the cause”](#help-us-find-the-cause) If this happens to you, email the affected photo to . Attach it from the phone’s gallery, which displays it fine, rather than from the chat app. We’ll check the photo’s metadata for anything unusual. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * The photo is intact. It stays in your gallery, and sharing it from Timemark sends the full image. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Share a photo](/en/app/preview/share-to-im/) * [I took photos but they didn’t save or I can’t find them](/en/troubleshoot/photos-didnt-save/) # Photos not syncing from app to Teamspace > What to check when photos taken on the App don't appear in Teamspace. If photos taken on the App aren’t appearing in Teamspace, work through these checks in order. Most cases resolve at one of the first three. ## 1. Confirm the App is signed in to a team [Section titled “1. Confirm the App is signed in to a team”](#1-confirm-the-app-is-signed-in-to-a-team) * Open the App → **Profile** tab → look for “Joined team: \”. * If it says “Not in a team”, photos are saved locally only and will **not** sync. The App is usable standalone. Syncing requires a team. ## 2. Check device connectivity [Section titled “2. Check device connectivity”](#2-check-device-connectivity) * Sync requires an Internet connection. The App **does not** sync over USB or local Wi-Fi only. * The App **queues** photos taken offline and uploads them when the device comes back online. Verify by going to **App → Sync** and looking for a “Pending upload” counter. ## 3. Verify the photo was saved within the App [Section titled “3. Verify the photo was saved within the App”](#3-verify-the-photo-was-saved-within-the-app) * Photos taken via the iOS / Android system camera and imported afterward **do not** sync automatically. Only photos captured **inside** the Timemark App apply the Photo Template and queue for sync. * Check **App → My Photos**. Is the photo there? * If yes → continue to step 4. * If no → the photo is in your system camera roll only. Either re-take it from inside the App, or import via **App → Capture → Import from album** (free, but imported photos count toward your Teamspace total photo quota). ## 4. Force a manual sync [Section titled “4. Force a manual sync”](#4-force-a-manual-sync) * App → **Sync** tab → tap **Sync now**. * Watch for error toasts. Common ones and fixes: | Error | Meaning | Fix | | ------------------- | ------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------- | | ”Storage full” | Team’s plan storage exhausted | Owner upgrades Plan or deletes old photos | | ”Permission denied” | You were removed from the team | Ask Owner to re-invite | | ”Network error” | Transient | Try again on stable connection | ## 5. Check from Teamspace side [Section titled “5. Check from Teamspace side”](#5-check-from-teamspace-side) * In Teamspace, go to **By Member** and find your name. * Filter by **Date** to the day you took the photo. * If your row shows “0 photos” but you have photos on the App → sync is failing. Contact support with your App version + sample photo timestamp. ## Common root causes [Section titled “Common root causes”](#common-root-causes) * **App version too old** (< 8.2). Update from the App Store or Play Store. * **Member was removed from team** mid-shift. The Owner needs to re-invite. * **Photo Template was deleted by Owner** while you were taking photos using it. Photos still save locally, but sync rejects them until you switch template. ## If none of the above works [Section titled “If none of the above works”](#if-none-of-the-above-works) Open a support ticket including: * App version (Profile → About) * Device model and OS version * Exact timestamp of one missing photo (down to the second) * Your team’s name and your email ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [A member can’t see their photos in Teamspace](/en/troubleshoot/member-cannot-see-photos/) # I paid for Plus but it's not active > Why a Plus purchase may not show up, and how to restore it after reinstalling or switching devices. If you subscribed to Plus but the features are still locked, the purchase almost always exists. It just needs to be restored or you’re checking the wrong place. Work through the cases below before requesting a refund. ## Common causes and fixes [Section titled “Common causes and fixes”](#common-causes-and-fixes) **The purchase needs to be restored** After reinstalling the App or switching devices, your plan may not load automatically. * Open the App, tap the **menu button** (top-left), tap **Timemark Plans**, then tap **Restore Purchases**. **Features didn’t unlock right after buying** Sometimes the unlock lags the payment. * Force-quit Timemark and reopen it. Plus features unlock immediately on relaunch. **You bought Plus on a different store account** Plus is billed by the App Store or Google Play and tied to the **store account**, not your Timemark email. If you paid on one Apple ID or Google account and signed in to the App under a different one, the plan won’t appear. * Check that the phone is signed in to the store account that made the purchase, then tap **Restore Purchases**. **You switched between iOS and Android** A Plus subscription does not carry across platforms. A purchase made on iOS can’t be restored on Android, and vice versa. * To move platforms, repurchase on the new device, or email for help. **You’re looking for Plus in Teamspace on the web** Plus is an individual App subscription. It does not appear in Teamspace and does not create a team. Teamspace is the separate **Business** plan. * Use Plus features in the App. If you need a shared team workspace, see [Upgrade to Business](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/). **An Android 1 year purchase expired** On Android, the 1 year purchase pays for 12 months and does **not** auto-renew, so it simply ends when the term is up. * Buy again from **Timemark Plans** to continue Plus. ## Notes [Section titled “Notes”](#notes) * The plan labelled **Pro** in the App and in some store listings is the same as Plus. * Plus removes the Timemark logo but keeps your own watermark fields (time, GPS, notes). * Billing, cancellation, and refunds are handled by the store, not by Timemark. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Cancel subscription](/en/plans-billing/cancel-subscription/) * [Upgrade to Plus](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-plus/) * [Refund policy](/en/plans-billing/refund-policy/) # Some team photos are blurred > Why Teamspace photos blur when the team isn't on an active Business plan, and how to check your current plan. If some Teamspace photos show up blurred and won’t open at full quality, the team is on the **Free 100-photo cap** right now, even if you expected it to be on Business. The fix is almost always on the billing side. ## Why this happens [Section titled “Why this happens”](#why-this-happens) Teamspace caps photos by plan: * **Free**: keeps the first **100** photos. Newer photos past that blur when reviewed. * **Business**: **300,000** photos. Nothing blurs under that cap. So blurred photos almost always mean the team is **not on an active Business plan at this moment**, even if someone subscribed before. Common ways a team falls back to the Free cap: * The **Business trial ended** and wasn’t converted to a paid plan. * On a **yearly or Pay 1 year (prepaid) plan**, the team went past its paid seats and the overage wasn’t settled before its deadline: nobody clicked **Pay now** on the “extra members” notice or removed members, so billing is on hold. (Monthly plans prorate automatically and have no seat pool, so this doesn’t happen to them.) * A **payment failed** (for example, an expired card), putting the subscription in a restricted state. The photos themselves uploaded fine. They’re just held behind the cap until the plan is active again. ## Check your current plan [Section titled “Check your current plan”](#check-your-current-plan) Confirm which plan the team is actually on right now. It shows one of three states: **Free**, **Trial**, or **Business**. * **In the App**: open **Teamspace → Settings**. * **On the web**: sign in to [teamspace.timemark.com](https://teamspace.timemark.com/) and go to **Settings → Plan & Billing** (this view also shows any payment that’s due). If it shows **Free** (or a **Trial** that has ended, or a payment warning) instead of **Business**, that’s why photos are blurred. ## How to fix it [Section titled “How to fix it”](#how-to-fix-it) Only the **Team Owner** can resolve billing. 1. As the Owner, go to **Settings → Plan & Billing** on the web, or **Teamspace → Settings → Upgrade & manage** in the App. 2. Complete the outstanding payment, or upgrade to Business. See [Business plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/). 3. On payment success the cap jumps to 300,000, and the previously blurred photos become viewable again. If you removed members to get back under your paid seats but the team is still restricted, see [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/). ## Common pitfalls [Section titled “Common pitfalls”](#common-pitfalls) * **A personal Plus subscription does not lift the team cap.** Plus is an individual App subscription. Only **Business** raises the Teamspace photo cap. See [I paid for Plus but it’s not active](/en/troubleshoot/plus-not-active/). * **Each Teamspace is billed separately.** Paying for one team does not upgrade another team you own, so one team can show Business while another is still Free and blurring. * **Blur happens on review, not at capture.** A blurred photo uploaded successfully. It only unlocks once the plan is active. * **Only photos past the first 100 blur on Free.** The oldest 100 stay viewable. ## See also [Section titled “See also”](#see-also) * [Business plan](/en/plans-billing/upgrade-to-business/) * [Plans comparison](/en/plans-billing/plans-comparison/) * [I paid for Plus but it’s not active](/en/troubleshoot/plus-not-active/) * [Billing cycle and invoices](/en/plans-billing/billing-cycle/)